Sei sulla pagina 1di 169

Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ĐỀ THI SỐ 001
Buy answer key: Phone me 0971.192.688
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A method B. death C. think D. those
2. A. nature B. natural C. explain D. nation
3. A. climb B. suburb C. doubt D. comb
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. We have written to each other_______ last Christmas.
A. for B. since C. until D. before
5. They are ________ that people have spoiled this area.
A. disappoint B. disappointing C. disappointment D. disappointed
6. We should _______ all the lights before going out.
A. turn on B. turn over C. turn off D. turn up
7. They decided to go _______ it was raining heavily.
A. and B. but C. though D. since
8. Three thousand cars _______ next year.
A. produced B. were produced C. will produce D. will be produced
9. I ______ to a party tonight. Would you like to come, too?
A. was going B. am going C. will go D. go
10. She failed her driving test ______ she didn’t have enough lessons.
A. because B. however C. and D. but
11. Although we live in a fairly ______ society, there’s still a lot of poverty.
A. wealth B. mean C. poor D. rich
12. If I were you, I ______ do that.
A. don’t B. can’t C. won’t D. wouldn’t
13. The guide walked so ______ that most of the party couldn’t keep up with him.
A. quick B. rapid C. lively D. fast
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. He is enough strong to carry the heavy luggage.
A B C D
15. Phil, that went to bed early, couldn’t finish his homework.
A B C D
16. I learned English for over ten years now.
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 1
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.
Giang is a student from Thanh Hoa province. He’s participating (17) _______ a student
exchange program, and he is now in (18) ________ United States. It is the beginning of July now
and he is staying with the Parker family on a farm 100 kilometers from Columbus, Ohio. He’s going
to be there till the end of August. Mr. Parker (19) ________ maize on his farm while Mrs. Parker
works part-time at a grocery store in a nearby town. They have two children: Peter the elder
brother is (20) _______ age as Giang, and Sam is the younger one (21) _______ is in primary
school, a level lower than Peter’s. Since his (22) _______, Giang has been learning a lot about life
on a farm. He has also been able to (23) _______ his spoken English. As soon as he completes his
homework, he helps feed the chickens and (24) ________ the eggs. He really enjoys himself
spending his summer vacation this way.
17. A. in B. from C. at D. with
18. A. an B. a C. the D. any
19. A. raise B. keep C. feed D. grows
20. A. similar B. like C. as D. the same
21. A. which B. who C. whom D. when
22. A. arriving B. arrived C. arrival D. arrive
23. A. improvement B. improve C. improving D. improved
24. A. collect B. collection C. collective D. collector
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
25. She was _____________ because her mother was sick. (HAPPY)
26. Wearing casual clothes helps students have freedom of _____________. (CHOOSE)
27. Telephone is one of the greatest _____________ in 19th century. (INVENT)
28. Van Cao is one of the most famous _____________ in Viet Nam. (MUSIC)
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
There are about 3000 living languages in the world, but only six of them are the most
important ones. Two-thirds of the world’s population speaks those languages. More than 400
million people speak English as their mother tongue. Another 400 million speak it as a second
language. No one knows how many people speak it as a foreign language. Chinese is the language
with more speakers than English, but it is only the language for more than one billion Chinese
people. English is the official language on one-fifth of the land area in the world. It is spoken in
North America, Great Britain, Australia, and New Zealand. In South Africa and India it is one of the
official languages. In many countries, the textbooks in universities are written in English. More
than three-fourths of the world’s mail is composed in English. More than three-fifths of the radio

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 2
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
stations broadcast programs in English. More than half of the scientific and research journals are
in English. English is the language of international communication.
Statements True False
29. Chinese is one of the most important languages.
30. 75 per cent of the world’s mail is in English.
31. People in India speak English as their second language.
32. In many countries, the textbooks in universities are written in English.
III. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
33. We don’t speak English well.
=> I wish we .......................................................................................................................................................................................................
34. They have used paper money for thousands of years.
=> Paper money .............................................................................................................................................................................................
35. He asked her: “When will you leave here?”
=> He asked her when ..............................................................................................................................................................................

36. This student is both careful and clever.


=> This student is not ................................................................................................................................................................................

Điểm: …………………….. / 10
===================================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 002
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced
differently from that of the others.
1. A. teacher B. champagne C. change D. choice
2. A. faces B. houses C. horses D. glasses
3. A. this B. that C. then D. thank
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. “That’s an excellent drawing, Hoa.” - “________”
A. Well done B. I’m sorry
C. That’s very kind of you to say so. D. That’s a good idea.
5. “Is Tina your sister?” “________”
A. Yes, she does. B. Yes, she is. C. Yes, I do. D. Yes, I am.
6. The Smiths will move to Paris, but we hope to ________with them
A. keep at touch B. keep touch C. keep in touch D. keep on touch
7. Rice ________ in tropical countries.
A. growing B. is grown C. grew D. grows
8. She hasn't written to me ________we met last time.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 3
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. since B. ago C. for D. before
9. My friend was very ________when he got the job.
A. surprising B. surprises C. surprise D. surprised
10. The train from Madrid arrives ________noon.
A. on B. over C. in D. at
11. -“You haven’t read this article on the website, have you?” -“________”
A. No, you don’t. B. No, you haven’t. C. No, I haven’t D. No, I don’t.
12. “I think we should use shower instead of bath to save water.” “________”
A. I’m sorry. B. Yes, I’d love to. C. Yes, I’ll take it. D. That’s a good idea!
13. I remember ________ you before, but I have forgotten your name.
A. met B. to meet C. meeting D. meet
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. I think it is necessary that students to wear uniforms when they are at school.
A B C D
15. The teacher asked me what my name was and where did I come from.
A B C D
16. Internet is a very fast and easily way for me to get information
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.
Malaysia is one of the (17) _______ of the Association of South East Asian Nations (ASEAN).
It is divided (18) _______ two regions, known (19) _______ West Malaysia and East Malaysia. The
(20) _______ of Malaysia is Kuala Lumpur. The population in 2001 was over 22 million. Islam is the
country’s official (21) _______. In addition there are other religions such as Buddhism and
Hinduism. The (22) _______ language is Bahasa Malaysia. English, Chinese, and Tamil are also (23)
_______ spoken. Bahasa Malaysia is the primary language of instruction in all secondary schools,
although some students may continue (24) _______ in Chinese or Tamil.
17. A. nationalities B. countryside C. countries D. areas
18. A. in B. of C. into D. for
19. A. A. too B. so C. as D. because
20. A. capital B. city C. region D. area
21. A. regional B. region C. religion D. religious
22. A. nation B. national C. nationality D. nationwide
23. A. width B. widely C. widen D. wide
24. A. learning B. to learning C. learned D. learnt
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 4
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Air ____________ makes us unhealthy. (POLLUTE)
2. They have made careful ____________ for the demonstration. (PREPARE)
3. They are ____________ greeted by the native, (WARM)
4. The ____________ by the little girl was a great hit (PERFORM)
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
Dear Minh,
I am writing to introduce to you a language school where you can improve your English.
Instead of learning on your own, as you are doing now, you should learn to speak English with
others. The Academy of Language offers you a good and friendly environment to practice your
English. They also have well-qualified teachers. There are classes at different levels in the
afternoon and evening, and courses begin in the first week this November. If you are interested,
you can phone 38765432 for further information.
Best of luck!
Hoang
Statements True/ False
5. Minh is now learning English with a tutor. …………..

6. The teachers at the Academy of Language are young and inexperienced. …………..

7. Learners can take courses in the morning. …………..

8. People who want to attend classes there can phone the school to get information. …………..

III. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
9. Speaking English fluently is not easy.
=> It ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
10. The problem is so difficult that I can’t explain it.
=> This is such ..................................................................................................................................................................................................

11. She is poor but she lives in happiness.


=> Although .......................................................................................................................................................................................................

12. It rained, so we couldn’t go out.


=> We couldn’t ................................................................................................................................................................................................
Điểm: …………………….. / 10
===================================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 003
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced
differently from that of the others.
1. A. looked B. called C. agreed D. loved

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 5
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. A. so B. no C. go D. do
3. A. bananas B. lights C. chairs D. tables
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. Nguyen Dinh Chieu, who lived in Ben Tre, was a patriotic ________.
A. poem B. poet C. musician D. designer
5. A: “Why don’t we get a plumber to check the water pipes?” – B: ________.
A. That’s a good idea. B. No, we don’t. C. Yes, we do. D. Thank you.
6. My brothers often play football________ Sunday afternoon.
A. at B. for C. on D. in
7. John is proud ________ his father and loves him so much.
A. about B. for C. in D. of
8. It’s raining ________ I can’t go to the beach.
A. because B. but C. so D. or
9. You like watching sports, ________?
A. do you B. don’t you C. are you D. aren’t you
10. Could you________ the radio, please? It’s very noisy.
A. turn off B. go on C. look after D. look for
11. She suggested________ to the mountains for the weekend.
A. go B. to go C. going D. went
12. Jeans________ all over the world.
A. are sold B. is sold C. sell D. sold
13. Liz wants to ________ a lot of photos to show the trip to her parents.
A. make B. take C. reach D. spend
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. I remember to meet you before, but I have forgotten your name.
A B C D
15. The letter that you typed it has many careless mistakes.
A B C D
16. This is the first time I ate Italian food.
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.
Vietnamese’s New Year is (17) ________ according to the Lunar calendar. It is officially (18)
________ as the Lunar New Year or Tet. It occurs in (19) ________ January or early February. The
exact date changes (20) ________ year to year. Vietnamese people usually (21) ________ for Tet
holiday several weeks beforehand. They clean and (22) ________ their homes, cook special food
such as sticky rice cakes, and make offerings on the family altars. On the New Year’s Eve, the

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 6
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
whole family gets together for the reunion meet in which many (24) _______ kinds of dishes are
served. On Tet, people usually (23) ________ their new clothes, give one another the Tet season’s
greetings, and pay mutual visits.
17. A. celebrate B. celebration C. celebrating D. celebrated
18. A. said B. told B. known D. seen
19. A. late B. lately C. later D. latest
20. A. in B. between C. for D. from
21. A. preparing B. to prepare C. preparation D. prepare
22. A. decorate B. decoration C. decorating D. decorated
23. A. differ B. different C. difference D. differently
24. A. wear B. put C. try D. take
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
1. ____________ air does a lot of harm to our life. (POLLUTE)
2. I had a good ____________on this film. (IMPRESS)
3. His result was ____________excellent. (AMAZE)
4. You have to keep your ____________from that snake. (DISTANT)
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
My village is about 50 kilometers from the city center. It is very beautiful and peaceful
place and where people grow flowers and vegetables only. It’s very famous for its roses and
picturesque scenery. The air is quite fresh; however, the smell of roses makes people feel cool. In
spring, my village looks like a carpet with plenty of colors. Tourists come to visit it so often.
Nowadays, with electricity, it doesn’t take the villagers much time to water the roses. And even at
night, people can walk along the path and enjoy the fresh smell of the flowers.
Statements True False
5. The writer’s village is about fifteen kilometers from the city center
6. His village looks like a carpet with plenty of green trees and grass in the spring.
7. It’s very well-known for its roses and beautiful scenery.
8. The villagers take much time to water the roses nowadays.
III. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
9. The exercises are difficult. The teacher gave them to us yesterday. (Combine the two sentences
into one using relative pronouns)
=> The exercises which ............................................................................................................................................................................

10. We have learnt this lesson recently. (Change the sentence into passive voice)
=> This lesson ....................................................................................................................................................................................................

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 7
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11. The weather was bad, so we didn’t go on a picnic. (Rewrite using because)
=> Because .........................................................................................................................................................................................................

12. He asked me: “Where do you live?” (Change into reported speech)
=> He asked me ..............................................................................................................................................................................................

Điểm: …………………….. / 10
===================================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 004
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. ladies B. lays C. shirts D. chairs
2. A. unique B. until C. university D. uniform
3. A. breath B. tooth C. bath D. clothes
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. The director says he does not approve _______ your plan.
A. of B. in C. upon D. on
5. It has taken you a long time to get rid_______ your flu.
A. out B. from C. of D off
6. I suggest that we_______ to Lana’s home village by bike.
A. shall travel B. should travel C. will travel D. can travel
7. Nancy can’t go with us_______ she has to look after her little sister.
A. so B. despite C. because D. as for
8. I wish I _______ enough money to buy a laptop.
A. have B. had C. have had D. shall have
9. Miriam and Lana_______ pen pals for over three years.
A. are B. were C. have been D. would have been
10. If we are in the orbit, we no weight.
A. had B. will have C. would have D. would have had
11. Family members _____ live apart try to be together at Tet.
A. which B they C. whom D. who
12. It’s raining. , Mr. Nam has to go to work.
A. But B. So C. Therefore D. However
13. If I _______ rich, I would travel around the world.
A. will be B. am C. were D. be
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. The majority to the news is about violence and scandal.
A B C D

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 8
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15. That doctor is visited the patient since 5 p.m.
A B C D
16. When our vacation, we plan to spend three days scuba diving.
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.
We are using up the world's petroleum. We use it in our cars and to heat our building in
winter. Fanners use petrochemicals to (17) _______ the soil rich. They use them to kill insects. (18)
_______ plants. These chemicals go (19) _______ rivers and lakes and kill the fish there.
Thousands of pollutants also go into the air and pollute it. Winds carry this (20) _______ air to
other countries and other continent. Poor formers use the same land over and (21) _______. The
land needs a rest so it will be better next year. However, the fanners must have food this year.
Poor people cut down forests (22) _______ firewood. In some areas when the trees are gone, the
land (23) _______desert. Poor people can't save the environment for the future; This is not a
problem for one country or one area of the world. It is a problem for all humans. The people and
the nations of the world must work together to (24) _______ the world's resources.
17. A. enrich B. change C make D. let
18. A. eat B. eaten C. eating D. ate
19. A. to B. toward C. at D. into
20. A. pollute B. polluting C. polluted D. pollution
21. A. over B. again C. repeated D. repeating
22. A. of B. for C. with D. at
23. A. gets B. changes C. turn D. becomes
24. A. recycle B. preserve C. keep D. use
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
1. Butter and cheese are made from milk. They are milk ______________. (produce)
2. If you put your______________ aside, you will be able to speak in public. (shy)
3. The scientists have been carrying out some______________ plans this year. (agriculture)
4. His boy tried to repair the clock, but he was ______________. (success)
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
Would you like a robot in your house? It is now generally accepted that in the future,
robots will take over many of our tasks, especially jobs of a repetitive nature. But it is
doubtful if robots will ever be able to do any of the more creative types of work - or indeed if
people would want them to do. In the home, robots would probably be used to do the cleaning,
table-laying, scrubbing and washing up, but it is Considered unlikely so far that they will be used to

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 9
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
do the cooking - at least not m the near future. Robots in the home might not be creative enough
to do the cooking, plan the meals, and so on. They would be used as slaves, freeing people to do
more of the things they want.
Statements True False
5. It is thought that robots will be able to do the same jobs every day.
6. It is certain that robots will be able to help us with creative tasks.
7. In the near future, robots will be used to do such things such as cooking.
8. Robots will help us carry out some of the housework such as washing
dishes.
III. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
9. "Let's organize a sponsored cycling race." (Make suggestion with suggested)
=> The children suggested ................................................................................................
10. He is extremely rich but very mean. (Rewrite sentence with although)
=> Although.......................................................................................................................
11. You'd better not touch that switch. (Rewrite using conditional sentences type 2)
=> If I ................................................................................................................................
12. I'd rather you didn't smoke here. (Rewrite using mind)
=> Would you mind...........................................................................................................?
Điểm: …………………….. / 10
===================================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 005
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced
differently from that of the others.
1. A. question B. situation C. celebration D. picture
2. A. mosque B. boss C. box D. clock
3 A. stopped B. walked C. watched D. agreed
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. There is too much traffic. ________, the air is polluted.
A. But B. Therefore C. Although D. Since
5. If we ________ in the next five minutes, we’ll be late for the train.
A. don’t leave B. didn’t leave C. wouldn’t leave D. won’t leave
6. He ________ in this factory for three years.
A. worked B. works C. has worked D. is working
7. She wishes she ________ French well.
A. learnt B. can learn C. learns D. will learn

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 10
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8. Sony TVs_______ all over the world.
A. will sell B. are sold C. is selling D. sell
9. I can’t go to the beach ________ it’s raining heavily.
A. because B. so C. but D. although
10. On Tuesday morning, there is a meeting ________ 8.00 and 10.30.
A. at B. on C. between D. to
11. The ________ of video games become rich.
A. players B. inventors C. builders D. workers
12. Why don’t you ________ your study at university?
A. go to B. go on C. go off D. go down
13. It may be an evening star or it________ be a spacecraft.
A. should B. could C. must D. might
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. My uncle has worked in that company since ten years now.
A B C D
15. Each of the beautiful apartments in the building was quickly sold to their new owner.
A B C D
16. This chair, that has been broken for weeks, must be repaired.
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.
It was a beautiful day. The sun was (17) _________, the sky was blue, and the weather
was perfect. Lan was outside playing (18) _______ her dog, Skippy. All of a sudden, the dog began
behaving (19) __________. She kept running around in circles. Lan ran home with the dog to tell
her mother (20) _________Skippy was doing. Lan's mother, Mrs. Quyen, told Lan that she heard
on TV that there was a typhoon coming. Mrs. Quyen (21) ___________ her family and told them
to find shelter in the home. Suddenly, the sky became very dark. The storm came with strong
winds and heavy rain. Mrs. Quyen and her family were (22) ____________. But soon the storm
finished and everyone was (23) ___________. What a clever dog Skippy is. She saved Lan (24)
_______ being caught in the typhoon.
17. A. shone B. shining C. shine D. shined
18. A. for B. with C. for D. from
19. A. strange B. stranger C. the strangest D. strangely
20. A. which B. who C. what D. when
21. A. collected B. raised C. lifted D. gathered
22. A. scare B. scaring C. scared D. scare of
23. A. happy B. happiness C. unhappily D. happily
24. A. from B. with C. at D. of

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 11
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
1. Some young people today have a very strange _____________. (APPEAR)
2. You don’t have to do that work. In other words, it’s _____________ for you. (NECESSITY)
3. Although she is rich, she lives _____________. (UNHAPPY)
4. They went to see most of the _____________. places. (INTEREST)
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
The use of computer and the Internet allows people to work at home instead of traveling to
work. For example, a journalist who lives in a remote part of the world still gets in his articles on
time for the next day’s newspapers. The Internet allows businesses to communicate with
customers and workers in any part of the world for the cost of a local telephone call. E-mail allows
users to send documents, pictures and other data from one part of the world to another in at least
5 minutes. The Internet is providing a lot of new business opportunities. Some businesses are
advertising their products on the Internet. People can use the Internet to do shopping. This saves
a lot of time. It is possible to use the Internet for education-students may connect with their
teachers from home to send or receive e-mail or talk their problems through “on line rather than
attend the class.
Statements True False
5. The use of computer and the Internet allows people to work at home.
6. The Internet is to communicate with people around the world in an expensive way.
7. Through the Internet, businesses can send their products to customers.
8. It takes to a lot of time do the shopping on the Internet.
III. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
9. In spite of having a terrible headache, she went to work. (Rewrite using although)
=> Although ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

10. She spent nearly three hours last night preparing for the tomorrow’s lessons. (Rewrite using it
took)
=> It took .........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
11. You should wash these clothes carefully. (Rewrite using passive voice)
=> These clothes should ....................................................................................................................................................................................................

12. They last talked to each other two weeks ago. (Rewrite using the given words)
=> They haven’t .........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Điểm: …………………….. / 10
===================================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 006

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 12
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1 A. shall B. call C. ball D. tall
2. A. round B. shout C. about D. bought
3. A. wanted B. decided C. washed D. planted
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. She can’t go to the party because she will have to _______ her little sister.
A. look up B. look for C. look after D. look at
5. John: Shall we go out to choose a birthday gift for Mary? Peter: _______.
A. Good idea B. Happy Birthday C. Yes, please do D. Are you sure?
6. Lan is very tired.________, she has to finish her work before going to bed.
A. So B. Although C. However D. Therefore
7. We’ll meet David, _______comes from England.
A. whom B. that C. which D. who
8. - “Where is Linh now?” + “She _______ be in the school library.”
A. may B. should C. will D. ought
9. They enjoy ________ soccer after school.
A. play B. playing C. to play D. played
10. They used to ________ to the countryside last year.
A. travel B. to travel C. traveled D. traveling
11. We suggest ________ money for the poor people in our neighborhood.
A. to save B. save C. saved D. saving
12. The baby laughed ________ when her mother told her a funny story.
A. happy B. happily C. happiness D. happiest
13. Lyn seldom speaks French and German, ________ she?
A. doesn’t B. is C. isn’t D. does
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. Auld Lang Syne is a song whose is sung on New Year’s Eve.
A B C D
15. This room are too dark for me to see anything.
A B C D
16. I wish he will help me with my homework tonight.
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 13
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(17) _______ six o’clock yesterday evening, the River Thames burst its banks and flooded a
wide area. By nine o’clock the floods had reached the town of Dorchester. The main street was
soon (18) _______ 3 feet of water. Fire engines arrived quickly to pump away the water, but heavy
rain made their job very (19) _______ Mrs. Willow, a (20) _______ nearly 80 years old, and living
alone in her cottage, was trapped upstairs (21) _______ three hours. Finally, firemen were able to
rescue her with ladders and a small boat “My cat, Tibbles, stayed with me all the time,” said Mrs.
Willow. “She (22) _______ me a lot. She sat with me, so I didn’t feel afraid.” The rain has finally
stopped, the river level is falling and the weather forecast is good, but the floods have done a
great deal of damage. “Luckily, nobody was (23) _______ or injured.” Chief Fire Office Hawkins
(24) _______ reporters, “but it will take a long time to clear up the mess.”
17. A. In B. Until C. To D. At
18. A. under B. over C. through D. between
19. A. easy B. clean C. quick D. difficult
20. A. girl B. child C. man D. lady
21. A. for B. during C. while D. through
22. A. worried B. bored C. frightened D. helped
23. A. burnt B. cut C. drowned D. scratched
24. A. said to B. spoke C. asked D. talked
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
1. We all looked ____________ after the summer holiday. (HEALTH)
2. That ____________ has composed a lot of beautiful songs. (MUSIC)
3. The computer is one of the most marvelous____________ in our modern age. (INVENT)
4. Housework has ____________ been regarded as women’s work. (TRADITION)
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
Learning a foreign language is, in some ways, like learning how to fly. There are some
differences, but there is a very important similarity. It is this: learning how to do these things
needs a lot of practice. It is never enough to read a book on how to fly a plane. A book can give
you a lot of information about how to fly, but if you only read that book, then try to fly without
practice, you will kill yourself. The same is true of learning a foreign language. For example, can
you speak English well without having a lots of practice? “Practice makes perfect” is what every
learner of a foreign language should know.
Statements True False
5. Learning a foreign language and learning to fly are the same in an important way.
6. Information about flying from books is enough for someone to fly.
7. It is dangerous to try to fly without any real practice.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 14
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8. Talking to a native speaker can be a good way to speak English well.
II. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
9. Please don’t make any noise in class.
=> I'd rather .......................................................................................................................................................................................................

10. She allowed me to drive her car yesterday.


=> I .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................
11. Because she behaves well, everybody loves her.
=> Because of ...................................................................................................................................................................................................

12. She wrote the letter in two hours.


=> It ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Điểm: …………………….. / 10
===================================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 007
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. like B. decide C. begin D. behind
2. A. health B. ready C. heavy D. appear
3. A. sure B. scales C. serious D. stir
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. The program was so _________that half of them fell asleep.
A. boring B. bore C. bored D. boredom
5. Last night, I was watching TV ________my mother was cooking in the kitchen.
A. then B. and C. when D. while
6. The bridge ________in 2000.
A. was built B. built C. has been built D. builds
7. If a disaster _________in an area, people from the other areas will offer their help.
A. happen B. happened C. is happened D. happens
8. They _________ in that company for five years.
A. work B. have worked C. worked D. are working
9. She likes watching the stars _______night.
A. at B. on C. for D. in
10. My father suggests ________a trip to the countryside on Saturday.
A. to have B. had C. have D. having
11. He loves his parents very much and wants them to be ________.
A. happily B. happiness C. happy D. happiest
12. He’s never gone to school on Sunday, ________?

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 15
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. has he B. is he C. hasn’t he D. isn’t he
13. Islam is the country’s official __________in Malaysia.
A. region B. currency C. religion D. capital
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. Peter and Tom plays tennis every afternoon with Mary and me.
A B C D
15. Learning a foreign language are easy for young children.
A B C D
16. The news about some recent disasters have been shown on TV.
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.
Sydney is Australia’s most (17) ________ city. The history of Australia begins here. In 1788
Captain Arthur Philips (18) _______ in Sydney with 11 ships and 1624 passengers from Britain
(including 770 prisoners). Today there (19) _______ about 3.6 million people in Sydney. It is the
(20) _______ city in Australia, the busiest port in the South Pacific and one of the most (21)
_______ cities in the world. In Sydney, the buildings are higher, the colors are brighter and the
nightlife is more exciting. There are over 20 excellent beaches close to Sydney and its warm (22)
______ and cool winter have made it a favorite city for immigrants from overseas. There are three
things that make Sydney (23) _______: its beautiful harbor, the Sydney Harbor Bridge, which (24)
______ in 1932 and the Sydney Opera House, which was opened in 1973.
17. A. excited B. exciting C. excitingly D. excite
18. A. arrive B. arriving C. to arrive D. arrived
19. A. were B. was C. are D. is
20. A. biggest B. bigger C. big D. bigest
21. A. beauty B. beautify C. beautiful D. beautifully
22. A. whether B. climate C. heat D. temperate
23. A. fame B. popularity C. famous D. familiar
24. A. is build B. were built C. are built D. was built
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
1. Designers have ____________ the Ao Dai for ages. (MODERN)
2. She divorced him because of his ____________to the children. (KIND)
3. Lucy got ____________quickly and went for work. (DRESS)
4. He drives so ____________that he often has accidents. (CARE)
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 16
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
The second Sunday in May is Mother’s Day. It is a public holiday in both Britain and
America. On that day, children send Mother’s Day cards to their mothers. They give their
mothers flowers or sweets as presents. Fathers and children do the cooking so that mothers can
have a rest. In the USA, Mother’s Day started in 1860s. There was a small town called Prunty
Town in the middle of the USA. People in the town fought against each other during a war. After
the war, they hated each other. Mrs. Ann Reeves Janis wanted the people to make friends with
each other again. So she started “Mother’s Friendship Day”. On that day, she visited all the
other mothers in the town and said,” Let us be friends with each other again”. Her idea
succeeded. The same thing happened in other parts of the country. After she died, her daughter
carried on her idea. In 1908, “Mother’s Friendship Day” became “Mother’s Day”
Statements True False
5. On mother’s Day, Mothers receive flowers or sweets as gifts.
6. Father and children cook meals for mother on Mother’s day.
7. Mrs. Ann Reeves Janis wanted the people to fight with each other again.
8. In 1890, “Mother’s Friendship Day” became “Mother’s Day”.
II. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
9. I will call the police if you don't leave me alone!
=> Unless ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................
10. I've never heard such an amusing story.
=> This is ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................
11. The chair is so heavy that I can’t move it.
=> It is such .........................................................................................................................................................................................................
12. They will build a new school in my village this year.
=> A new school .............................................................................................................................................................................................
Điểm: …………………….. / 10
===================================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 008
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. dripped B. conserved C. received D. learned
2. A. luxury B. ultimately C. nuclear D. sum
3. A. protect B. conservation C. currency D. persuade
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. Islamic people usually go to the ________to pray.
A. pagoda B. mosque C. temple D. church

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 17
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. The English textbook ________ of ten units.
A. comprises B. includes C. has D. consists
6. You must leave now ________ you will be late for school.
A. if B. unless C. and D. or
7. There ________ a lake in this area.
A. used to be B. used to being C. used to have D. are used to be
8. _________ have you known him?
A. How often B. How long C. How long ago D. When
9. Sailors from Genoa in Italy wore clothes which _________ from jean.
A. were made B. was made C. were making D. made
10. She described herself _________ a fashion designer.
A. by B. in C. as D. from
11. Tourists were really impressed _________ the beauty of the city.
A. by B. on C. about D. with
12. She has taught English here _________ 10 years.
A. in B. for C. since D. from
13. –“Hello. You must be Maryam” –“_________.”
A. That’s right, I am. B. No, I am Maryam. C. Yes, please. D. Yes, Here’s Lan.
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. The picture was painting by Michael last year.
A B C D
15. If I were you, I didn’t buy that expensive car.
A B C D
16. Mr. Smith is going to buy a new Japanese car, doesn’t he?
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.
Not so long (17) __________, in many countries, children went to school wearing a school (18)
__________. Boys wore a white shirt and a tie, a dark jacket, gray pants and black shoes. Girls (19)
__________ to wear a white blouse and a dark, knee-length (20) __________. Today, in many
countries, students have a very different kind of uniform. They wear tennis shoes, jeans, and a T-
shirt. (21) __________ a hot day students might even come to class in a pair of (22) __________.
Teachers in the past could never have allowed these students into their class. Then, the men
teachers used to wear a suit and tie, and most (23) __________ teachers wore a dress or skirt. But
when you look inside a classroom today, it is sometimes (24) _________ to tell who are the
teachers and who are the students!
17. A. time B. before C. after D ago
18. A. cloth B. bag C. uniform D. clothing

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 18
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
19. A. have B. had C. used D. ought
20. A. shirt B. skirt C. pant D. dress
21. A. On B. In C. At D. For
22. A. shoes B. trousers C. sandals D. shorts
23. A. men B. women C. woman D. girl
24. A. difficult B. easy C. uneasy D. possible
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
1. Vietnam has a _____________ climate. TROPICS
2. Fashion_____________ want to change the traditional Ao dai. DESIGN
3. Don’t wear that dress. It is_____________ for a funeral. SUIT
4. Her charity work is an_____________ to us all. INSPIRE
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
The Great Wall of China, one of the greatest wonders of the world, was enlisted in the World
Heritage by UNESCO in 1987. Just like a gigantic dragon, the Great Wall winds up and down across
deserts, grasslands, mountains and plateaus stretching approximately 6,700 kilometers (4,163
miles) from east to west of China. With a history of more than 2000 years, some of the sections of
the Great Wall are now in ruins or even entirely disappeared. However, it is still one of the most
appealing attractions all around the world owing to its architectural grandeur and historical
significance.
Statements True False
5. The Great Wall of China is about 4,163 km.
6. The Great Wall is one of the greatest wonders of the world.
7. Nobody knows when it began to be built.
8. According to the passage, it looks like a huge dragon.
III. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
9. We should brush our teeth carefully after meals.
 Our teeth ................................................................................................................................................................................................................
10. He is no longer late for class.
 He used ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................
11. What a pity I live far from my school.
 I wish ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12. We started learning English four years ago.
 We have...................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Điểm: …………………….. / 10

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 19
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
===================================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 009
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. atmosphere B. mere C. where D. here
2. A. climate B. tropical C. official D. capital
3. A. visited B. needed C. collected D. watched
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. Who looks______ your children when you are away from home?
A. after B. for C. to D. at
5. She is very tired. ______; she has to finish her homework
A. Moreover B. However C. So D. And
6. What quality made him different______ others?
A. from B. for C. with D. in
7. Scientists are looking for an ______way to reduce energy consumption
A. effective B. effectively C. effect D. effecting
8. She suggested ______money for the poor people in the region
A. to save B. saved C. saving D. save
9. Auld Lang Synge is a song ______is sung on New Year’s Eve
A. who B. whose C. whom D. which
10. Earthquakes, volcanoes, hurricanes, and floods are all ______.
A. natural resources B. natural material C. natural causes D. natural disasters
11. We will have no fresh water to use if we ______ the water.
A. pollute B. polluted C. will pollute D. are polluting
12. Vietnam has tropical ______.
A. climate B. weather C. temperature D. degree
13. We usually go to our home village at least once ______ the summer.
A. in B. on C. at D. for
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. Tet is a festival which occurs on late January or early February.
A B C D
15. He’s going to the post office although he wants to send a letter
A B C D
16. I wish I can go with you to the beach today.
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 20
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.
Rice is (17) ______by Vietnamese people every day. It often (18) ______in tropical countries
such as Vietnam, Thailand or Malaysia. The Chinese have also been growing rice for (19)
______years. The seeds are planted in special beds to grow into young rice plants. Then they are
taken to fields covered (20) ______muddy water called paddies. The fields of rice look very (21)
______. After 3 or 5 months, the rice is ready to be picked. People often drain away water before
colleting rice. Eating rice is a special action in the world. They don’t (22) ______ spoons or forks to
enjoy bowls of rice. (23)______, they use two short sticks known as chopsticks to put rice into
their mouths. China and Vietnam are the two (24) ______ in which people use chopsticks very
well.
17. A. used B. taken C. eaten D. boiled
18. A. grows B. keeps C. plants D. stays
19. A. thousands B. thousand C. thousand of D. thousands of
20. A. in B. by C. with D. of
21. A. beauty B. beautiful C. beautifully D. the beauty
22. A. take B. get C. make D. use
23. A. However B. Moreover C. Besides D. Instead
24. A. region B. area C. city D. countries
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
25. Cinema is a medium of mass ________________. (ENTERTAIN)
26. The air in the city is seriously________________.(POLLUTE)
27. We find advertising on the radio very ________________. (EFFECT)
28. She made a deep ________________ on us when we visited her city. (IMPRESS)
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
Would you like a robot in your house? It is now generally accepted that in the future robots
will take over many our tasks especially jobs of a repetitive nature. But it’s doubtful if robots will
ever be able to do any of the more creative types of work - or indeed if people would want them
to. In the home, robots would probably be used to do the cleaning table-laying scrubbing and
washing up, but it’s considered unlikely so far that they’ll be used to do the cooking - at least not
in the near future. Robots in the home might not be creative enough to do the cooking, plan the
meals, and so on. They would be used as slaves, thereby freeing people to do more of the things
they want.
STATEMENTS TRUE FALSE
29. It is thought that robots will be able to do the same jobs every day.
30. It is certain that robots will be able to help us with creative tasks.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 21
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
31. Robots will help us do some of the housework such as washing dishes.
32. Robots would be able to do more than people want.
II. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
33. It’s raining, so we can’t get to the birthday party in time.
=> If ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
34. They have built a new local library near my school.
=> A new local library .............................................................................................................................................................................................
35. “Will you meet Liz at the station tonight?” Lan said to Ba
=> Lan asked Ba ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................
36. She last visited her grandparents three weeks ago.
=> She hasn’t .................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Điểm: …………………….. / 10
===================================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 010
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. lived B. looked C. missed D. watched
2. A. where B. why C. who D. what
3. A. share B. fare C. declare D. aren’t
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. I wished she _______ very far from school.
A. doesn’t live B. isn’t live C. not lived D. didn’t live
5. A book _______ tells the story of a person’s life is a biography.
A. who B. where C. which D. whom
6. Mr. Nam wants to buy a plasma TV, _______?
A. don’t he B. doesn’t he C. isn’t he D. didn’t he
7. My mother _______coffee every morning.
A. drinks B. drink C. is drinking D. drank
8. If you work hard, you _______ in the final exam.
A. pass B. will pass C. passed D. would pass
9. I finally finished _______ at 7 o’clock in the evening and served dinner.
A. cook B. to cook C. cooked D. cooking
10. He said he _______ to the city with her sister the following day.
A. will visit B. can visit C. is visiting D. would visit
11. Mary is the _______ student in the class, base on her high grade.
A. smart B. smarter C. smartest D. more smart

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 22
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12. Nowadays, we can watch a _______ of interesting programs on TV.
A. vary B. various C. variously D. variety
13. I use the internet only a few hours a day _______ it is time-consuming and costly.
A. so B. because of C. because D. even though
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. Your brother likes watching documentaries, isn’t he?
A B C D
15. I suggest to have a separate wastebasket for wastepaper.
A B C D
16. The road to our village should be widening soon.
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.
Everyone wants to reduce (17) _______. But the pollution problem is as complicated as it is
(18) ________. It is complicated because much pollution is caused by things that benefit people.
For example, (19) ________ from automobiles causes large percentage (20) ________air pollution.
But the automobile provides transportation to millions of people. (21) ________ discharge much
of the material that pollutes air and water, but factories give employment to a large number of
people. Thus, to end or greatly (22) ________ pollution immediately people would have to stop
using many things that benefit them. Most people do not want to do that, of course. But pollution
can be gradually reduced in several ways. (23)_________ and engineers can work to find ways to
lessen the amount of pollution that such things as automobiles and factories cause. Governments
can pass and enforce laws that (24)_______ businesses and individuals to stop, or cut down on
certain polluting activities.
17. A. pollute B. pollution C. polluted D. polluting
18. A. seriousness B. serious C. seriously D. serioused
19. A. exhaust B. exhausted C. exhaustedly D. exhauster
20. A. to B. with C. in D. of
21. A. Hills B. Mountains C. Factories D. Rivers
22. A. reducing B. reduced C. reduce D. reduction
23. A. Doctors B. Engineers C. Workers D. Scientists
24. A. require B. Requires C. required D. requiring
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
1. His _____________ made us happy. (FRIEND)
2. Hanoi is not very _____________ from Kuala Lumpur. (DIFFER)
3. We went to see many _____________ places in Hanoi. (FAME)

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 23
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. The _____________ religion in Malaysia is Islam. (NATION)
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
The Internet has rapidly developed and become part of our daily life. It is a very fast and
convenient way to get information. People use the Internet for many purposes: education,
communication, entertainment and commerce. The Internet helps people communicate with
friends and relatives by means of e-mail or chatting. However, the Internet has limitations. It is
time-consuming and costly. It is also dangerous because of viruses and bad programs. On the
other hand, the Internet users sometimes have to suffer various risks such as spam or electronic
junk mail and personal information leaking. So while enjoying surfing, be alert !
Statements True False
5. The main idea of the passage is about advantages of the Internet.
6. We can use the internet as a fast and convenient way to get information.
7. The disadvantages of the Internet are costly and time consuming.
8. we can get in touch with each other by means of e-mail or chatting.
II. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
9. They last talked to each other three months ago
=> They haven’t ...............................................................................................................................................................................................
10. You must wash this sweater in warm water.
=> This sweater ...............................................................................................................................................................................................
11. Do the test carefully or you’ll get bad mark.
=> If ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12. I don’t know many English words.
=> I wish .................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Điểm: …………………….. / 10
===================================================================

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 24
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ĐỀ THI SỐ 011
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. flood B. cook C. good D. foot
2. A. lemon B. son C. bacon D. iron
3. A. enjoyed B. invited C. mended D. lasted
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. If he ________ me, I will be ready to help him.
A. ask B. will ask C. asks D. to ask
5. Paola needs ________ her writing skill or she will fail in the coming written examination.
A. to improve B. improve C. improving D. to be improved
6. ________ you want to keep fit, you should do more exercises.
A. Although B. If C. When D. Whether
7. They enjoy ________ to music in the evening.
A. being listened B. listened C. listening D. listen
8. A daily newspaper was published in Germany in 1550, ________?
A. isn’t it B. is it C. was it D. wasn’t it
9. In class you must listen ________ to the teacher.
A. hardly B. boringly C. carelessly D. carefully
10. In the summer my brother always wears shirts with short________.
A. hands B. arms C. sleeves D. shoulders
11. This new blouse is lovely and very________.
A. fashion B. style C. lifestyle D. fashionable
12. Lunar New Year is the festival ________ popular in China, too.
A. which was B. which are C. which is D. in which
13. The amount of electricity will be ________if we use energy-saving bulbs.
A. reduced B. reduce C. reducing D. to reduce
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. That novel, which written by a well- known writer, should be read.
A B C D
15. John used to studying hard when she was a child.
A B C D
16. That is the house which he was born and grew up.
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 25
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The spaceship flew (17) _______ the new planet several times. The planet was blue (18)
_______ green. They couldn’t see the surface of the planet (19) _______ there were too many
white clouds. The spaceship descended slowly through the clouds and (20) _______ in the middle
of a green forest. The two astronauts put (21) _______ their spacesuits, opened the door, climbed
(22) _______ down the ladder, and stepped onto the planet. They looked at everything carefully.
All the plants and animals looked new and (23) _______. They couldn’t find (24) _______
intelligent life here.
17. A. through B. across C. around D. in
18. A. so B. but C. too D. and
19. A. that B. which C. because D. but
20. A. landed B. turned C. changed D. lifted
21. A. at B. for C. of D. on
22. A. care B. carefully C. careless D. careful
23. A. strange B. straight C. extreme D. changeable
24. A. some B. few C. any D. little
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
25. She has one of the biggest stamp____________ in Britain (COLLECT)
26. The gas from the chemical factory was extremely ____________. (HARM)
27. D. E. Hugs was the ____________ of microphone. (INVENT)
28. There are a lot of ____________ festivals in Vietnam. (TRADITION)
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
At present, most of our electricity comes from the use of coal, gas, oil or nuclear power.
This power could be provided by the sun. One percent of the solar energy that reaches the earth
is enough to provide power for the total population.
Many countries are already using solar energy. Solar panels are placed on the roof of a
house and the Sun’s energy is used to heat water. The energy can be stored for a number of days,
so on cloudy days you can use solar energy, too. In Sweden, all buildings will be heated by solar
energy and cars will use solar power instead of gas by the year 2015.
Statements True False
29. All of our electricity comes from the use of coal, gas, oil or nuclear power.
30. Solar energy is used in many countries nowadays.
31. Solar panels placed on the roof of a house to store solar energy.
32. The energy comes from the Sun is used to heat water.
II. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 26
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
33. Let’s use electricity economically.
=> Why ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................
34. Because of the heavy rain, we didn’t go to the party.
=> Because .........................................................................................................................................................................................................

35. The students have cleaned the classroom.


=> The classroom ..........................................................................................................................................................................................

36. The test was too long for us to finish on time.


=> The test was not .....................................................................................................................................................................................
Điểm: …………………….. / 10
===================================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 012
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. many B. sandy C. land D. candy
2. A. muddy B. punctual C. studious D. culture
3. A. challenge B. snatch C. chocolate D. brochure
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. Mrs. Brown helped Mike with his homework ______ she was tired.
A. but B. although C. because D. however
5. Before you go out. Please remember to ______ the lights.
A. turn off B. turn on C. turn up D. turn down
6. You must have a mechanic check whether this machine works ________ or not.
A. effect B. effective C. effectively D. effectiveness
7. I got wet ______ I forgot the umbrella at home.
A. so B. because C. though D. and
8. We wish we ______ at the seaside now.
A. be B. are C. was D. were
9. She usually sings in French but now she _______ in English.
A. sings B. is singing C. will sing D. has sung
10. If it _______ colder, I’ll buy warm clothes.
A. gets B. got C. will get D. get
11. He didn’t visit me. I wish he _______ me.
A. visited B. had visited C. would visit D. visit
12. Areas around Hanoi can _______ clouds during the day.
A. hope B. wish C. consider D. expect
13. I have _______ my glasses everywhere but I can’t find them anywhere.
A. looked after B. looked at C. looked for D. looked up

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 27
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. I like the book which Tom told me to read it.
A B C D
15. My father suggested to fill all buckets with water.
A B C D
16. Because the book was expensive, they bought it.
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.
Public transport (17) ______ London is expensive. The fare depends on the length of the
(18) _______; you cannot buy books or tickets in advance. Children under sixteen pay half, (19)
______ children under five travel free. But (20) ______ some buses you pay the drivers. Most
London (21)______ are double-deckers. On the underground railway (or tube) you (22)______
your ticket from a machine or at the (23)______ of the journey. Not all trains from one platform
go to the same place, so watch the signs. The latest train leaves (24) _______ about 00.15.
17. A. at B. in C. from D. to
18. A. journey B. visit C. picnic D. street
19. A. such B. or C. so D. and
20. A. on B. in C. at D. for
21. A. buses B. trains C. planes D. cars
22. A. have B. buy C. see D. take
23. A. last B. finish C. end D. after
24. A. of B. at C. in D. on
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
1. The Browns enjoyed the _____________ atmosphere in Vietnam. (PEACE)
2. We dream that _____________ is free in Vietnam. (EDUCATE)
3. The children play _____________ in the school yard. (HAPPY)
4. Math and literature are _____________ subjects. (COMPEL)
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
In humankind’s millions of years on earth, many types of energy resources have been
utilized. However, in the last ninety years, petroleum has become by far the most important.
Accounting for over 50 percent of all energy consumed, it is so essential that, without petroleum,
we could be faced with economic disaster. Of course, the earth’s supply of petroleum will not last

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 28
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
forever, and in fact, it will disappear sooner than most people believe. At the current rate of
consumption, the world has proven oil reserves may be exhausted within forty or fifty years
STATEMENTS
5. People have utilized different kinds of energy resources.
6. Petroleum has become the most important because it has millions of years on earth.
7. The earth’s supply of petroleum is limited.
8. Petroleum will not disappear sooner than most people believe.
II. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
9. I like the essay. You wrote it yesterday.
 I like the essay which .........................................................................................................................................................................

10. Tokyo is bigger than Ho Chi Minh City.


 Ho Chi Minh City ......................................................................................................................................................................................
11. I think we should put different kinds of wastes in different places.
 I suggested ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12. It took me half an hour to write that letter
 I spent ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................
Điểm: …………………….. / 10
===================================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 013
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. fed B. left C. bet D. these
2. A. weather B. those C. there D. theory
3. A. worked B. stopped C. loved D. laughed
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. I finished _______the book and went to bed
A. reading B. to read C. read D. to be read
5. The meeting will ______ in London next week.
A. be held B. be hold C. is held D. are hold
6. I wish you ______ so fast. It makes me nervous.
A. drive B. won’t drive C. can’t drive D. weren’t driving
7. Bill asked where _______ from.
A. do I come B. I come C. did I come D. I came
8. The weather was bad, _______ we didn’t go on a picnic.
A. however B. but C. so D. because
9. If you study at The Brighton Language Center –UK , you can live in a _______on campus

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 29
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. dormitory B. mobile room C. hotel D.private room
10. Have you read this article________ the website?
A. in B. at C. on D. for
11. Air _______ is now a serious problem in the world.
A. pollutes B. polluted C. pollute D. pollution
12. Jean cloth is very strong and hardly ______.
A. wear out B. put on C. go up D. wear on
13. Would you like to go to the concert with me tonight? - _________.
A. I’d love to B. No, thanks C. I go home now D. Never mind
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. The lesson that we are learning now is very interested but difficult.
A B C D
15. She made me to pay for the damage I had done.
A B C D
16. The child ran fastly to get to school.
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.
Long ago a lot of people (17)_______ the moon was a god . Other people thought it was
just a light in the sky. And other thought it was a big (18) _______ cheese. The telescopes were
made. And men saw that the moon was really another world. They wondered (19) _______ it was
like. They dreamed of going there. On July 20th, 1969, that dream came (20) _______. Two
American men landed on the moon (21) _______ names were Neil Armstrong and Edwin Aldrin.
The first thing the men found was that the moon is covered (22) _______ dust. The dust is so thick
that the men left footprints where they walked. Those were the first marks a living thing had ever
made on the moon. And they could (23) _______ there for years and years. There is no wind or
rain to wipe them off. The two men picked up rocks to bring back to the earth to study. They drug
up dirt to bring back. They set up machines to find out things people want to know, then they
were off their long trip (24) _______ earth
17. A. thought B. guessed C. told D. said
18. A. form B. stone C. ball D. round
19. A. how B. which C. that D. what
20. A. real B. true C. unreal D. untrue
21. A. Their B. His C. Its D. Theirs
22. A. by B. for C. to D. with
23. A. stay B. remain C. be D. all are correct
24. A. back to B. from to C. into D. onto
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 30
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
1. Sports are very good for our ____________. (healthy)
2. Rubber trees are very ____________for making elastic things. (use)
3. Last night the singer sang very ____________. (good)
4. All the pupils have done the exercises ____________. (easy)
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
“Many people still believe that natural resources will never be end up. Actually, the world’s
energy resources are limited. Nobody knows exactly how much fuel is left. However, we also
should save them economically and try to find out alternative sources of power. According to
Proffessor Marvin Burnham of the New England Institute of Technology, we have to start
conserving coal, oil and gas before it is too late; and nuclear power is the only alternative.
However, many people do not approve of using nuclear power because it is very dangerous. What
would happen if there was a serious nuclear accident? Radioactivity causes cancer and may badly
affect the future generation. The most effective thing is that we should use natural resources as
economical as possible”
STATEMENTS TRUE FALSE
5. Natural resources will never be end up.
6. We don’t know exactly how much fuel is left.
7. All people agree to use nuclear power as an alternative energy.
8. Natural resources should be used as much as possible.
III. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
9. “Are you coming to the party tonight?”
 Peter asked me ........................................................................................................................................................................................
10. They built the church in the 18th century.
 The church ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11. She does not buy the new house because she does not have enough money.
 If she .................................................................................................................................................................................................................

12. I have studied English for 3 years.


 I began ............................................................................................................................................................................................................

Điểm: …………………….. / 10
===================================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 014
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 31
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. A. thank B. they C. thick D. thin
2. A. learn B. easy C. seat D. eat
3. A. remembered B. lived C. played D. stopped
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. The _______ language in Malaysia is Bahasa Malaysia.
A. national B. nation C. international D. internationally
5. It is an _______journey.
A. interest B. interesting C. interestingly D. interested
6. Lan is _______ that you are working hard.
A. pleasant B. pleasant C. pleased D. pleasing
7. They haven’t seen this film, ________?
A. do they B. They have C. don’t they B. have they
8. Viet Nam has a tropical _______.
A. temperature B. weather C. degree D. climate
9. My parents ______ our grandfather last week.
A. visit B. visited C. have visited D. visits
10. I’ve _______my glasses everywhere but I can’t find them anywhere.
A. looked after B. looked at C. looked for D. looked into
11. If you study hard, you_________ pass the exam.
A. would B. will C. must D. should
12. My father said I ______ learn hard.
A. have to B. must C. had to D. can
13. _______ the weather is predicted not to be good today, they decide to go swimming
A. because of B. although C. In spite of D. since
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. Mrs. Lien which sings very well is my English teacher.
A B C D
15. She asked me where I buy that car.
A B C D
16. We were really impress by the beauty of Ha Long Bay.
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.
Before newspapers were (17) _______, town criers would go through city streets ringing a
bell. They shouted the (18) _______ news as they were walking. In Vietnam people love reading
newspapers and magazines. The Kien Thuc Ngay Nay is one of the most (19) _______ magazines
and is widely read by both teenagers and (20) _______. Thanks to TV, (21) _______ can get the

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 32
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
latest information and enjoy interesting programs in an inexpensive and (22) _______ way.
Nowadays, viewers can watch a variety of local and international programs on different channels.
The next stage in the (23) _______ of TV is interactive TV. Viewers are able to ask questions about
the show by using their (24) _______ control
17. A. invented B. written C. published D. sold
18. A. hot B. latest C. important D. early
19. A. unpopular B. famous C. popular D. interesting
20. A. teachers B. children C. students D. adults
21. A. readers B. inventors C. people D. viewers
22. A. fast B. effective C. convenient D. doesn’t say
23. A. development B. develop C. developing D. developed
24. A. board B. remote C. appliance D. automatic
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
1. Cheese, butter and Yogurt are milk ____________. PRODUCE
2. The teacher advised us to do the test ____________. (CAREFUL)
3. He had a ____________time on his space trip. (WONDER)
4. Tet holiday is the most important ____________for Vietnamese people. (CELEBRATE)
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
For many centuries, poets, writers and musicians have mentioned the Aodai in poems,
novels and songs. The Aodai is the traditional dress of Vietnamese women. Traditionally, it was
frequently worn by both men and women. The design and material used for men were different
from those used for women. Nowadays, women usually wear it, especially on special occasions.
However, many Vietnamese women today often prefer to wear modern clothing at work, because
it is more convenient .Now fashion designers want to change the traditional Aodai. Some have
printed lines of poetry on it; so it looks modern and fashionable .Others have added traditional
designs and symbols such as suns, stars, crosses and stripes to the Aodai which is both traditional
and fashionable.
Statements True False
5. The design and material used for men and women are the same.
6. By tradition, both men and women used to wear the Aodai.
7. Nowadays, the Aodai is often worn by women on special occasions.
8. The traditional Aodai has been changed by musicians on these days.
III. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
9. Hanoi will be partially cloudy. It is the capital city of Viet Nam.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 33
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
=> Hanoi, which ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................
10. “What will you do to help your mother?” they asked him.
=> They asked him .........................................................................................................................................................................................................

11. She doesn’t have time to revise the lesson.


=> She wishes .....................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12. The shirt is so lovely that he insists on buying it.
=> It was such ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Điểm: …………………….. / 10
===================================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 015
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. hear B. clear C. tear D. bear
2. A. laid B. said C. paid D. main
3. A. thank B. that C. this D. then
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. Lien _______ as a doctor since 2000.
A. worked B. has worked C. works D. will work
5. It’s important and necessary for everyone to learn and to know a foreign _______ nowadays.
A. English B. Chinese C. word D. language
6. Tet is a time for families to clean and _______ their homes.
A. celebrate B. make C. decorate D. prepare
7. The doctor suggested that his patient _______ smoking.
A. stopping B. to stop C. should stop D. stops
8. The man _______ your mother is talking to is my English teacher.
A. which B. when C. where D. whom
9. You don’t like action film, _______?
A. didn’t you B. do you C. isn’t you D. aren’t you
10. The soccer match begins _______ 4.30 p.m.
A. in B. on C. for D. at
11. I will help you _______ I finish my homework.
A. while B. as soon as C. because D. though
12. The Kien Thuc Ngay Nay is _______ read by both teenagers and adults.
A. wide B. widely C. width D. widened
13. Tom is _______ than John.
A. well B. good C. better D. the best
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 34
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. I would give longer school holiday if I become a president.
A B C D
15. The weather was fine but we went out for a walk.
A B C D
16. My sister broke the glass because her carelessness.
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.
By using computers people can do things faster (17) _______by using other means. Computers
can do any calculations (18) _______than a skilled mathematician. (19) _______a computer is
programmed properly, it can (20) _______accurately. When we look back the history of computer
(21) _______, we can see the great differences (22) _______the old computers and the modern
ones. The old computers work (23) _______slower than the modern ones. We can use the new
generation of computers conveniently because of their small size and many applied programs (24)
_______are widely used all over the world. We can get any sorts of information from the Internet.
These are the reasons why computers appear not only at offices but also at homes.
17. A. as B. than C. more D. less
18. A. more rapid B. rapidly C. more rapidly D. as rapidly
19. A. Although B. After C. Because D. If
20. A. work B. take C. make D. run
21. A. science B. scientific C. scientifical D. scientifically
22. A. on B. to C. between D. from
23. A. more B. less C. most D. much
24. A. which B. who C. where D. when
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
25. The government is expected to take __________ against the level of unemployment. (Act)
26. I am looking for a ____________present for my sister. (Suit)
27. She is very _____________ with her appearance. (Attract)
28. What is your friend’s ____________. (Nation)
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
Air pollution is a cause of ill-health in human beings. In a lot of countries there are laws
limiting the amount of smoke which factories can produce. Although there isn’t enough
information on the effects of smoke in the atmosphere, doctors have proved that air pollution
causes lung diseases. The gases from the exhausts of cars have also increased air pollution in most

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 35
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
cities. The lead in petrol produces a poisonous gas which often collects in busy streets surrounded
by high buildings. Children who live in areas where there is a lot of lead in the atmosphere cannot
think as quickly as other children and are clumsy when they use their hands. There are other long-
term effects of pollution. If the gases in the atmosphere continue to increase, the earth’s climate
may become warmer. A lot of the ice near the poles may melt and may cause serious floods.
STATEMENTS T F
29. Air pollution causes lung diseases.
30. Lead is a harmful chemical element
31. If the gases in the atmosphere increase, the earth’s climate may become cooler.
32. We will have higher temperatures if we can't stop the pollution.
II. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
33. Helen is more intelligent than Daisy.
=> Daisy isn’t as ..............................................................................................................................................................................................

34. “Which grade are you in?” She asked me


=> She asked .....................................................................................................................................................................................................

35. Why don’t we go to Ba’s village this weekend?


=> How about ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
36. I regret going to bed so late last night.
=> I wish ................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Điểm: …………………….. / 10
===================================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 016
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. industry B. dust C. must D. confuse
2. A. sleep B. sheep C. complete D. bed
3. A. received B. worked C. cough D. washed
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. Consumers want ______ that will not only work effectively but also save money.
A. cargoes B. products C. loads D. production
5. The energy which is from the sun is ______ .
A. lunar energy B. solar energy C. hot energy D. sunlight energy
6. He never learned Chinese ______he lived in china for 5 years.
A. and B. but C. though D. so
7. Mary can’t join our trip to the zoo tomorrow. She will have to ______ her sick mother.
A. look after B. look for C. look into D. look at

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 36
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8. How about ______ a rest for a while?
A. take B. taking C. to take D. took
9. If Ba ______ here tomorrow, I’ll phone you.
A. comes B. will come C. come D. came
10.______ put all the guests on the first floor?
A. Why don’t we B. I suggest C. How about D. What about
11. Lan ______ in Scotland for ten years. Now she lives in London.
A. lived B. has lived C. live D. has been living
12. The week ______they went camping was the wettest of the year.
A. which B. when C. that D. who
13. The children are looking forward _______ their grandma again.
A. seeing B. to see C. to seeing D. to be seen
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. I have been a secretary in a small company since five years.
A B C D
15. I didn’t have time to study, because I failed in my exam.
A B C D
16. She studies good though she is busy.
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.
CHRISTMAS
Every December, I begin to feel uncomfortable. Why? Christmas is (17) ______ most people
enjoy this holiday, but it makes me depressed. First I am not a (18) ______ person. This holiday
(19) ______the birth of Christ, and it’s full (20) ______ religious symbols. Second, Christmas is
becoming more (21) ______commercial. It’s the most important time of years for owners of
stores, (22) ______. Spending a lot of money seems to be people’s main (23) ______in December.
Everywhere you hear the commands “Buy! Spend! Give!”. It’s awful. Last, I think Christmas is a
(24) ______ time of year for people without families. I’ve been living far away from my family for
years, and I miss being with them, especially at Christmas.
17. A. getting B. coming C. putting D. going
18. A. religious B. difficult C. important D. special
19. A. organizes B. celebrates C. welcomes D. greets
20. A. with B. for C. of D. by
21. A. and less B. and much C. and more D. and few
22. A. for example B. in example C. by example D. examples
23. A. action B. acting C. act D. activity
24. A. difficult B. happy C. easy D. good

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 37
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
25. They enjoy the _____________ atmosphere here. (PEACE)
26. I’m _____________ that people have spoiled this area. (DISAPPOINT)
27. At last I found the _____________ I was looking for. (INFORM)
28. Mai is going to ______________ her birthday party tonight. (CELEBRATION)
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
More than two hundred years ago, the term environmental pollution was quite strange to
people. They lived healthily, drank pure water and breathed fresh air. Nowadays, the situation is
quite different. People all over the world are worried about things that are happening to the
environment. Actually it is man that is destroying the surroundings with many kinds of wastes.
Everybody knows that motorbikes and cars emit dangerous gases that cause poisonous air and
cancer, but no one wants to travel on foot or by bicycle. Manufactures know that wastes from
factories make water and soil polluted, but they do not want to spend a lot of their money on
treating the wastes safely. Scattering rubbish is bad for our health, but no one wants to spend
time burying it. Is it worth talking a lot about pollution?
Statements True False
29. More than two hundred years ago people knew nothing about environmental
pollution.
30. In former days, people were worried about pollution.
31. Everyone knows that cars emit dangerous gases, but they still prefer traveling by
car.
32. Factory owners treat wastes from their factories safely.
III. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
33. It takes Minh 2 hours to do his homework every day.
=> Minh spends ..............................................................................................................................................................................................

34. They have just sold that old house.


=> That old house .........................................................................................................................................................................................

35. Unless he takes these pills, he won’t be better.


=> If ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
36. Although he works hard, he can’t support his large family.
=> Depite ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................
Điểm: …………………….. / 10
===================================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 017

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 38
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. passed B. watched C. played D. washed
2. A. entrance B. paddy C. bamboo D. banyan
3. A. proud B. about C. around D. would
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. My house_________in 1986.
A. is built B. was building C. was built D. has been built
5. The doctor_________me not to stay up too late at night.
A. advised B. suggested C. insisted D. forced
6. Tomorrow we'll go to Noi Bai Airport to meet Maryam, _________comes from Malaysia.
A. who B. whom C. whose D. that
7. If you get up early, you_________late.
A. weren't B. wouldn't be C. aren't D. won't be
8. It's very hot today. I wish I_________on the beach now.
A. am B. was C. were D. had been
9. When he lived in the city, he_________to the theater twice a week.
A. uses to go B. has gone C. used to go D. was going
10. My father asked us_________too much time playing computer games.
A. not to spending B. did not spend C. not to spend D. to not spent
11. They went to the party, _________?
A. does he B. do they C. didn’t they D. did they
12. "Can I give you a little more coffee?" - “_________”
A. No. Thanks. B. Yes, you're right. C. Yes, I'm OK. D. No, you're welcome.
13. It was _________ serious accident that he was kept in hospital for a month.
A. such B. such a C. so D. so a
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. The picture was painting by Michael last year.
A B C D
15. There’s the woman who she sold me the handbag.
A B C D
16. If I were you, I didn’t buy that expensive car.
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 39
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I went to Australia on a student program last year and I like to (17)_______you about it. I
was very (18)_______when I knew I was going to Australia because I had never been there before.
I didn’t think (19) _______ the problems of speaking English (20)_______I met my host family. At
first I couldn’t communicate with them (21) ________ my English was so bad. All the five years I
had been learning English wasn’t much used at all because we didn’t have (22) _______ practice at
school. Even though my grammar was good, my pronunciation wasn’t. My (23) _______ is
pronouncing ‘l’ and ‘r’. For example, Australian people often asked “What do you eat in Vietnam?”
I wanted (24) _______ them that we eat rice, but they didn’t understand when I said “We eat
lice”…
17. A. say B. tell C. talk D. speak
18. A. exciting B. excites C. excited D. excite
19. A. in B. about C. for D. with
20. A. after B. until C. when D. while
21. A. and B. but C. although D. because
22. A. really B. reality C. real D. riliable
23. A. work B. job C. task D. problem
24. A. told B. telling C. to tell D. tells
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
1. ______________ are trying to find out new stars. SCIENCE
2. My colleagues are very pleasant but the manager is a little ______________. FRIENDLY
3. Her novel is known to everyone. It is ______________ read. WIDE
4. We enjoy the ______________ atmosphere in Hanoi. PEACE
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
Jeans are the most popular kind of clothes in the world. They are popular almost every
where- in Japan, France, Indonesia, Canada and Brazil. Rich and poor people wear them too. In
1850, when Levi Strauss arrived in California, he saw that the workers needed strong clothes, so
he began to make them. These pants were very strong and did not wear out easily. The pants
became very popular immediately. The word “jeans” comes from the word “Genoa”. Mr. Strauss
made the first jeans in the United States, but the idea and the kind of cloth came from Europe. The
names came from France and Italy. Why are “jeans” popular? In the United States, they are the
only kind of traditional clothes .In the other countries, young people wear them because they
want to look modern. Jeans are sign of youth and independence. Everybody wears jeans because
everybody wants to be modern, young and independent.
Statements True False
5. Jeans are popular all over the world. …………. ………….

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 40
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. Jeans can’t be worn out easily. …………. ………….

7. The name “jeans” came from the USA. …………. ………….

8. Only young people want to wear jeans. …………. ………….

II. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
9. They have just sold that old house.
=> That old house ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................
10. Although the weather was bad, they had a wonderful holiday.
=> In spite of .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................

11. Unless he takes these pills, he won’t be better.


=> If .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12. I’m sorry I can’t ride a motorbike.
=> I wish ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Điểm: …………………….. / 10
===================================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 018
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. achievement B. chemist C. chance D. cheerful
2. A. why B. quickly C. reply D. try
3. A. sugar B. sale C. sight D. source
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. She is very tired: _______; she has to finish her homework
A. Moreover B. However C. So D. And
5. What quality made him different _______others?
A. from B. for C. with D. in
6. The weather_______ nice yesterday
A. were B. was C. will be D. has been
7. She recommended _______money for the poor people in the region
A. to save B. saved C. saving D. save
8. We think that Mother’s Day should be celebrated _______.
A. nationwide B. national C. nation D. native
9. Auld Lang Sync is a song_______ is sung on New Year’s Eve
A. who B. whose C. whom D. which
10. Nguyen Du was a famous _______in Vietnam.
A. musician B. poet C. designer D. singer
11. They_______ Da Lat last summer.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 41
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. visited B. will visit C. visit D. have visited
12. We have learnt English_______ 2001.
A. in B. during C. for D. since
13. The church_______ about 100 years ago.
A. was built B. is built C. has been built D. will be built
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. Getting to the countryside is an interested journey.
A B C D
15. Peter is trying to study hardly to prepare for the exam.
A BC D
16. Let me congratulate you for your success.
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.
The Korean education system basically consists of primary schools, (17) _______ schools,
high schools, and colleges (18) _______universities, with graduate courses leading to PhD degrees.
(19) _______ education is compulsory for children aged six (20) _______ eleven. The basic primary
school curriculum is generally divided into eight (21) _______: the Korean language, social studies,
science, (22) _______, ethics, physical education, music and fine arts. Students in secondary
schools are required to take a number (23) _______ additional subjects, such as English, and can
take electives, (24) _______as technical or vocational courses. Afterwards, students can choose
between general education and vocational high schools. In general, high school tends be strict, as
college and university admission is very competitive.
17. A. secondary B. second C. firstly D. two
18. A. and B. so C. but D. or
19. A. Primary B. second C. main D. mainly
20. A. from B. at C. in D. to
21. A. objects B. subjects C. fields D. matter
22. A. world B. scientists C. mathematics D. scientific
23. A. in B. on C. of D. from
24. A. so B. such C. neither D. either
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
1. There are many ______________ who works on this farm. (EMPLOY)
2. We want to ______________ our city. (BEAUTY)
3. We must get rid of the ______________ which slows our development. (POOR)
4. She speaks English ______________. (PERFECT)

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 42
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
Every year many people in the world learn English. Some of them are young children;
others are teenagers; and others are adults. Most people must work hard to learn English.
Why do these people want to learn English? It isn’t difficult to answer the question. Young
children learn English at school because it is one of their subjects. Teenagers often learn English
for their higher studies because some of their books are in English at college or university. Some
adults learn English in evening classes; others learn English by themselves. Some adults learn
English because it is useful for their work; others learn English because they want to read
newspapers or magazines in English.
Statements True False
5. English is learned by young children. .
6. Young children learn English at school.
7. Teenagers learn English because it is one of their subjects.
8. All adults learn English in evening classes.
III. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
9. Samuel started keeping a diary in 1997.
=> Samuel has ..................................................................................................................................................................................................
10. Robert and Catherine have been married for ten years.
=> It’s ten years ..............................................................................................................................................................................................

11. No one has answered the questions yet.


=>The questions ............................................................................................................................................................................................

12. Learning English is interesting.


=>It is .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Điểm: …………………….. / 10
===================================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 019
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. flat B. man C. ago D. happy
2. A. stopped B. lived C. played D. arrived
3. A. teach B. season C. meat D. weather
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. If it _______ fine tomorrow , I will play tennis.
A. will be B. were C. is D. has been

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 43
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. The book _______ I read was good.
A. who B. which C. whose D. whom
6. _______ It’s raining, you’d better take a taxi.
A. As B. Though C. However D. So
7. She comes from Da Lat, _______ is the most beautiful tourist attraction in Vietnam.
A. which B. that C. what D. where
8. I _______ TV when the fire happened.
A. watched B. am watching C. was watching D. watch
9. Jane often drinks coffee in the evening, ________?
A. doesn’t Jane B. doesn’t she C. does not she D. does she
10. - He’s not interested in physics, is he? - ______________.
A. No, he isn’t, I’m afraid B. No problem
C. Yes, he is not at all D. I promise he isn’t
11. Tet is a festival which occurs__________ late January or early February.
A. at B. in C. from D. on
12. - “Why don’t we go to the cinema now?”- “________”
A. I’d like it. B. What play is it? C. Will you join us? D. Yes, let’s!
13. The match takes place________ Saturday afternoon this week.
A. after B. of C. on D. to
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. He couldn't sleep so he turn off the TV to watch some programs.
A B C D
15. Last week, I went to the museum by my friend.
A B C D
16. Neil Armstrong, which first walked on the moon lived in the USA
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.
Andrew Nelson, an 18-year-old schoolboy, yesterday saved four people from a helicopter
crash in (17) ________ two people died. He was (18) ________ football at school when his
friend (19) ________ the helicopter crash in a nearby field. Immediately, Andrew ran a mile to get
to the scene of the (20) ________. Andrew, (21) ________ father is a flying instructor, knew the
helicopter was in danger of exploding, but he ran inside and (22) ________ out four adults, one
after the other. Meanwhile, the head teacher of his school phone for (23) ________ and the fire
brigade. “They are lucky to be (24) ________ .” said the Chief Fire Officer.
17. A. whom B. where C. which D. who
18. A. playing B. play C. played D. plays
19. A. see B. saw C. seeing D. seen

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 44
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20. A. problem B. matter C. thing D. accident
21. A. whose B. who C. whom D. which
22. A. pull B. pulled C. pulling D. pulls
23. A. doctor B. nurse C. hospital D. ambulance
24. A. live B. alive C. lively D. living
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
1. The ao dai is the _____________ dress of Vietnamese women. TRADITION
2. Tet holiday is the most important _____________ for Vietnamese people. CELEBRATE
3. We have to be _____________ when riding our bikes on the streets. CARE
4. The old man walked _____________ to the park. SLOW
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
Dear Hoa,
Last Sunday, I had a very interesting day with my classmates. We took part in the city’s
campaign which is called the Green Sunday. All of us were divided into groups to march along
some main streets in the city. With the slogan “Every day is a Green Sunday”, we tried to make
the citizens understand the importance of trees and plants in our lives. Each group came to
some houses to sweep their gardens, empty the garbage, grow some plants or trees and killed
the mosquitoes around the houses. We also swept and grew trees along the two sides of the
streets.
What do you think of these activities? If you like, please join us next week.
Hope to work with you.
Your friend,
Lan
Write TRUE or FALSE after the statements about the passage: True False
5. Lan joined the Green Sunday campaign last week. ______
6. “Every day is a Green Sunday” is the slogan of the campaign. ______
7. They swept gardens, emptied garbage, grew trees and taught poor children. ______
8. Lan wanted Hoa to take part in the campaign. ______
II. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
9. Because he gets up late, he can’t go to school on time.
=> If ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
10. “I am taking the 5.30 train tomorrow.” Minh said.
=> Minh said ......................................................................................................................................................................................................
11. Math is more interesting than literature.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 45
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
=> Literature .....................................................................................................................................................................................................
12. I spent two hours doing my homework last night.
=> It took ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................
Điểm: …………………….. / 10
===================================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 020
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. shout B. through C. mountain D. household
2. A. teenager B. message C. village D. advantage
3. A. access B. website C. violent D. internet
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. They _________ Ho Chi Minh City last summer.
A. visit B. will visit C. have visit D. visited
5. He asked me if I _________ to school at that time.
A. am going B. go C. was going D. went
6. _________ Friday morning, there is a meeting between 11am and 1 pm.
A. In B. For C. On D. At
7. Nothing has been changed, _________ ?
A. has it B. hasn’t it C. have they D. haven’t they
8. She was sick yesterday, _________ she was absent from school.
A. since B. so C. because D. therefore
9. Let’s go to the zoo, _________?
A. are we B. won’t you C. will you D. shall we
10. If Mr. John _________ rich, he would travel around the world.
A. is B. will be C. was D. were
11. Lan _________ the train if she _________ in a hurry.
A. will miss/ is not B. misses/ is not C. misses/ is D. will miss/ does not
12. Tom said that he _________ in Leeds in England.
A. is living B. has lived C. lived D. were living
13. The examiner didn’t tell me _________ I passed or not.
A. whether B. how C. if D. why
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. I saw the men, the women and the cattle which went to the field.
A B C D

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 46
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15. She couldn’t hardly understand what he was saying.

A B C D
16. Would you mind turning off the lights, please? It’s too dark for me to read.
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.
Today, computer companies sell (17) ________ different programs for computers. Firstly,
(18) ________ are programs for doing math problems. (19) ________, there are programs for
scientific studies. Thirdly, some programs (20) ________ like fancy typewriters. They are often
used (21) _________ writers and business people. Other programs are made for courses in schools
and universities. And finally, there are programs for fun. They include word games and puzzles for
children and adults.
There are many (22) _________ new computer programs, but there are other reasons to
like computers. Some people like the way computers hum and sing when they work. It is a happy
sound, like the sounds of toy and childhood. Computers (23) ________ have lights and pretty
pictures. And computers even seem to have personalities. That may sound strange, but computers
seem to have feelings. Sometimes they seem happy, sometimes they seem angry. It is easy to
think they are (24) _________ people.
17. A. many B. much C. a little D. little
18. A. have B. that C. the D. there
19. A. The first B. Firstly C. Second D. Finally
20. A. is B. are C. am D. be
21. A. in B. on C. by D. of
22. A. wonder B. wonderfully C. wonders D. wonderful
23. A. also B. too C. neither D. either
24. A. as B. like C. same as D. alike
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
1. What are the __________________ of these books? (DIFFERENT)
2. My house is __________________ for the bus station. (CONVENIENCE)
3. My father is __________________ with my exam results. (DISAPPOINT)
4. What is the correct __________________ of this word? (PRONOUNCE)
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
Tet holiday is celebrated on the first day of the Lunar New Year. Some weeks before the
New Year, the Vietnamese clean their houses and paint the walls. New clothes are bought for the

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 47
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
occasion. One or two days before the festival people make sticky rice cakes, which are the
traditional cake and other goodies. Every member of the family should be present during the
dinner in which many different kinds of dishes are served. On the New Year morning, the young
members of the family pay their respects to the elders. In return they receive lucky money
wrapped in red tiny envelopes. Then people go to visit their neighbors, friends and relatives.
Statements TRUE FALSE
5. People celebrate Tet on the first of January. ………. ……….

6. Vietnamese people enjoy traditional cakes called sticky rice cakes one or two ………. ……….

days before Tet.


7. Members of the family ought to give presents to one another during the dinner. ………. ……….

8. Lucky money is put in red tiny envelopes. ………. ……….

III. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
9. I can’t remember the answers to these questions.
=> I wish ................................................................................................................................................................................................................
10. “I must go to Hanoi tomorrow.” said Nam.
=> Nam said .......................................................................................................................................................................................................
11. Nga spends 4 hours a day practicing English with her friends.
=> It takes ............................................................................................................................................................................................................
12. Can you show me the way to the nearest railway station, please?
=> Would you mind .....................................................................................................................................................................................
Điểm: …………………….. / 10

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 48
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
===================================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 021
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. house B. happen C. hair D. honor
2. A. took B. look C. blood D. good
3. A. chair B. champagne C. children D. church
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. Mrs. Jackson _______ is a famous doctor, lives on the corner.
A. who B. which C. what D. whose
5. _______ they are poor, they are very generous.
A. However B. Although C. Because D. Despite
6. He’s doing on his homework _______ the moment.
A. in B. on C. at D. for
7. Don’t worry. We still have _______ time to get there before it closes.
A. many B. enough C. too D. few
8. We get up early _______ the morning.
A. in B. until C. on D. next
9. I enjoy _______ badminton with my friends after school.
A. play B. playing D. played D. plays
10. The phone rang when I _______ a bath.
A. was having B. had C. have D. have had
11. By next month I _______ in this city for ten years.
A. will live B. will have lived C. have lived D. live
12. They wish they _______ have to go to class today.
A. couldn’t B. can’t C. don’t D. didn’t
13. I _______ play soccer when I was young. I’m too old and fat to play now.
A. use B. use to C. used to D. was used to
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. I have known her since a very long time.
A B C D
15. I am very interesting in problem caused by pollution.
A B C D
16. She needs a good advice about choosing a career.
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 49
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Vietnamese students usually (17) _______ a secondary school in their neighborhood. The
school year usually runs (18) _______ early September to the end of May. Schooldays last from
Monday to Friday. (19) _______ often start at 7.30 am and end at 11.30 am. Sometimes they may
have some extra classes in the afternoon. Most of the students come (20) _______ for lunch.
Students have (21) _______ a one-week spring vacation (Tet holiday) and a three-month summer
vacation. During the school years a class has a different teacher for (22) _______ subject. There
are some activities after the school day ends (23) _______ athletics, dramatics or music. These
school activities help the students find friends with similar interests, develop (24) _______ talents
and sometimes even discover their career goals.
17. A. attend B. go C. come D. visit
18. A. for B. at C. from D. in
19. A. Activities B. Lessons C. Classrooms D. Classes
20. A. flat B. house C. home D. building
21. A. a B. an C. the D. any
22. A. another B. each C. the others D. other
23. A. like as B. for example C. such as D. so as
24. A. them B. their C. themselves D. theirs
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
25. I walk _____________ that old house every day. (PASS)
26. She spent her _____________ in England. (CHILD)
27. He is the _____________ of this famous book. (WRITE)
28. The river is ten feet in _____________ (DEEP)
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
People who want to have good health need to be more active or exercising. Anyone who
doesn’t often get enough exercise is very easy to get sickness. Most of people who do not exercise
face nearly two times the chances developing heart disease as those who usually exercise. People
over the age of 18 only need to exercise about 30 minutes a day. Exercise will lower the amount of
fat in the blood. It will improve the body’s defend system, ease tension and increase the strength
of bones. Daily exercise helps old people move more comfortable and performs daily activities
more easily. We cannot know that how much money can be saved by daily exercise. However,
some studies have shown that ten thousands of death can be prevented each year if people do
exercise each day.
Statements True False
29 A person who wishes to have good health doesn’t need to do exercise.
30 Doing exercise makes the bones become stronger.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 50
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
31 Exercise cannot reduce the amount of fat in the blood.
32 Those who do exercise every day can live longer
III. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
33. Someone sends us an anonymous letter.
=> We ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................
34. I didn’t have time; so I didn’t learn a new language.
=> If ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
35. “I must do the quiz again” she said.
=> She said ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
36. I didn’t give her my phone number.
=> If only ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................
Điểm: …………………….. / 10
===================================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 022
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. thank B. gather C. ethic D. thing
2. A. say B sure C. soil D. sing
3. A. union B. unit C until D. university
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. If I won the lottery, I_______ my parents a big house.
A. would buy B. will buy C. bought D. can buy
5. They were planting potatoes in the garden when it suddenly _______.
A. rain B. was raining C. rained D. rains
6. What about________ for a walk?
A. to go B. going C. gone D. go
7. Tony wasn't in class today. _______was Caroline.
A. Neither B. Either C. Both D. One of
8. She______ come on holiday next month if her parents give her permission.
A. can't B. could C. will be able to D. should
9. I_______Ann for a long time now.
A. didn’t see B. don't see C. haven't seen D. haven't been seen
10. The Sun was out and the birds were singing. It was _______a beautiful day
A. so B such C. many D. much
11. John is a good employee since he doesn’t mind _______at weekends.
A. work B. worked C. have worked D. working

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 51
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12. Take two tablets daily_______ the doctor tells you to stop.
A. until B. because C. but D. however
13. She could not go to school_______ her sickness.
A. because of B. because C. although D. therefore
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. She accused me for not telling the truth.
A B C D
15. All applicants must have an university degree.
A B C D
16. How much people are there in the stadium today?
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.
The Internet is made up of millions of computer linked together around the world in (17)
_______ a way that information can be sent from any computer to any other 24 hours a (18)
_______. These computers can (19) _______ in homes, schools, universities, government
departments, or businesses. The Internet is often described as a network of networks (20)
_______ all the smaller networks of organizations are linked together into the one giant network
called the Internet. (21) _______ computers are pretty much equal once connected to the
Internet, the only difference will be the speed of the connection which is dependent (22) _______
your Internet Service Provider and your own modem.
There are many (23) _______ you can do and participate in once connected to the Internet.
They (24) _______ using a range of services to communicate and sh^re information and things
quickly and inexpensively with millions of people, both young and old and from diverse cultures
around the world
17. A. like B. so C. such D. as
18. A. day B. year C. night D. month
19. A. run B. be C. work D. follow
20. A. however B. despite C. although D. because
21. A. Any B. Either C. Both D. All
22. A. on B. in C. for D. with
23. A. something B. anything C. things D. what
24. A. carry B. include C. consist D. content
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
1. Many Hong Kong people lead a busy_____________. (LIVE)
2. The_____________ in this hotel is very slow. (SERVE)

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 52
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. Students must be _____________to their teachers. (OBEY)
4. She pays a_____________ visit to her mother in the hospital. (DAY)
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
Jack and Tom are close friends. They study many different subjects at school. They have
seven lessons every- school day. After school they play sports with their classmates. Jack's favorite
subjects are History and English. He can speak English very well and he often goes to English
speaking club once a week. Tom likes learning not only English but also Music. He is pretty good at
playing the piano and he often listens to some music after school. But both Tom and Jack do not
like Math because they are not good at numbers. At home, Jack and Tom do their homework and
go to bed at 9:30 pm. On weekends they don't have to go to school. But Tom has private piano
lessons at home and sometimes goes to the park with his sister. Jack often visits his grandparents
and helps his parents do the housework.
5. Both Jack and Tom are interested in learning English.
6. Neither Jack nor Tom is good at numbers.
7. On weekends Jack and Tom don't have to go to school, but they learn to play the piano at
home.
8. They often help their parents to do the housework.
III. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
9. I didn't have a computer therefore I bought one.
=> If ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
10. My mother wasn't with me when I was sick.
=> I wish ................................................................................................................................................................................................................
11. They can't read or write.
=> If only ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................
12. Someone saw the missing child in the supermarket.
=> The missing child ..................................................................................................................................................................................

Điểm: …………………….. / 10
===================================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 023
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. special B. climate C. because D. come
2. A. currency B. busy C. compulsory D. puppet
3. A. minimize B. like C. might D. listen
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 53
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. The building _______ in a tornado last week.
A. badly damaged B. has damaged badly C. has badly damaged D. was badly damaged
5. There’s a law that says that you _______ throw trash on the street.
A. couldn’t B. mustn’t C. mightn’t D. don’t have to
6. My father _______ for the company for twenty years now.
A. works B. has worked C. is working D. worked
7. Suddenly the ground shook beneath our feet and everything begins to collapse. It is
a/an_______.
A. earthquake B. volcano C. tornado D. tidal wave
8. The story I have just read _______ Agatha Christie.
A. was written B. was written by C. wrote D. was written from
9. I’ve worked here _______ I left college.
A. when B. during C. since D. until
10. She is now _______ her bag because she can’t remember where she put it.
A. looking after B. looking for C. putting away D. going on
11. Poets write a lot of beautiful poems thanks to _______.
A. fashion B. tradition C. inspiration D. convenience
12. ASEAN, _______ ten countries in the South East Asia, is both a political and economic society.
A. that includes B. which includes C. which including D. includes
13. A tropical storm which reaches 120 km per hour is called a _______ in North and South
America.
A. cyclone B. tornado C. typhoon D. hurricane
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. His good sense of humorous distinguishes him from his brothers.
A B C D
15. She can’t accept the invitation because she is sickness.
A B C D
16. For my opinion, we can reduce the amount of garbage we produce by recycling things.
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.
Drought is a condition that becomes (17) ___________ the average rainfall for a fertile area
drops far (18) ___________ the normal amount for a long period of time. In areas which are not
irritated, the lack of (19) ___________ causes farm crops to wither and dead. (20) __________
than normal temperatures usually accompany periods (21) ___________ drought. They add to the
crop damage. Forest (22) ___________start (23) __________during drought. The soil of a drought
area becomes (24) _________and crumbles. Often the rich topsoil is blown away by the hot, dry

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 54
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
winds. Streams, ponds, and wells often dry up during a drought, and animals suffer and may even
die because of the lack of water.
17. A. when B. where C. what D. who
18. A. under B. up C. below D. down
19. A. wind B. rain C. fog D. storm
20. A. high B. highest C. higher D. height
21. A. in B. at C. on D. of
22. A. fires B. fogs C. steams D. boils
23. A. easy B. easily C. ease D. easiness
24. A. cool B. cold C. dry D. hot
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
1. We are clearing all the _____________ off the beach. (POLLUTE)
2. The ____________ eruption killed hundreds of people but thousands were saved.(VOLCANO)
3. Many people become_______________ because of the natural disasters. (HOME)
4. He never has an accident because of driving_______________. (CARE)
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
April 1st is April Fool’s Day. Many people like to play jokes or tricks on this day. The jokes are for
fun only. They are not harmful or mean. Sometimes you can hear April Fools’ Day jokes on the
radio, TV, or in the newspapers, you will be an “April Fool”. Nobody knows where or when April
Fools’ Day started. Some people believe it started in France in the 1500s. Some people think it
started long ago in Italy. Other people believe it started in India. It doesn’t matter where or when
April Fools’ Day began. Americans like it because they can play jokes on friends and relatives.
5. April Fools’ Day jokes can be sometimes heard on newspapers.
6. Don’t believe the jokes on the radio, TV, or in the newspapers or you will be an “April Fool”
7. Everyone believes April Fools’ Day started in France in the 1500s.
8. Although Americans don’t know where or when April Fools’ Day began, they like it.
III. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
9. The little boy lost his way. He is crying over there. (Combine using who)
The little boy .......................................................................................................................................................................................................
10. They required him to finish my assignment quickly. (Rewrite sentence as directed)
 They suggested that ....................................................................................................................................................................................
11. She can’t buy a new car. Because she don’t have enough money. (Rewrite using if)
 If ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12. In spite of his broken leg, he managed to get out of the car. (Rewrite using although)

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 55
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Điểm: …………………….. / 10
===================================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 024
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. divide B. impress C. official D. comprise
2. A. hold B. history C. Buddhism D. home
3. A. asked B. arrived C. enjoyed D. used
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. They are talking about the celebration _______ is going to be held at the end of this month.
A. which B. who C. that D. A&C are correct
5. I think we should _______ the lights. It’s too dark.
A. get on B. turn on C. put on D. go on
6. We suggested that Tim _______ harder on his English pronunciation.
A. work B. should work C. works D. A&B are correct
7. Electricity is a source of energy which is clean, but _______.
A. cheap B. good C. useful D. expensive
8. We have to get a plumber to check the _______.
A. pipes B. wires C. solar panel D. door latches
9. Tet is the most important_______ for Vietnamese people.
A. party B. celebration C. memory D. parade
10. I’m _______ my pencil. I’ve lost it and I have found it everywhere.
A. looking after B. looking for C. looking up D. looking forward to
11. The old man walked _______ to the park.
A. slower B. slow C. slowly D. more slow
12. Passover is often celebrated by the_______ people.
A. English B. Jewish C. Vietnamese D. Chinese
13. In Australia, a tropical storm is called_______.
A. cyclone B. hurricane C. tidal wave D. typhoon
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. Nam is one of my friends whom tried hard to succeed in his final exam.
A B C D
15. They were swimming in the sea when the storm occurs.
A B C D
16. He met many friends which encouraged him in his work.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 56
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.
On January 17th, 1995, a strong earthquake (17) _______ below Awaji Island across the bay
From Kobe in Japan. It was the (18) _______ deadly earthquake that hit Japan since 1923. The
quake caused buildings and bridges to collapse and fire broke (19) _______ throughout the city.
About 5,000 people (20) _______ and more than 21,000 people were injured. More than 30,000
buildings were damaged (21) _______ the quake and resulting fire. Hundreds of people became
(22) _______ In the 1960s, a huge tidal wave (23) _______ Anchorage, Alaska. The tidal wave
traveled from Alaska to California. In 1991, the world’s largest volcanic eruption in more than 50
years occurred in the Philippines. Hundreds of people died, but thousands were saved (24)
_______ scientists had warned them about the eruption.
17. A. struck B. went C. came D. arrived
18. A. best B. highest C. most D. tallest
19. A. in B. out C. up D. off
20. A. killed B. were killed C. have been killed D. are killed
21. A. on B. for C. of D. by
22. A. homesick B. homeless C. homely D. household
23. A. hit B. heated C. erupted D. hitted
24. A. although B. because C. because of D. so
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
1. Polluted water can ________________ do harm to our health. DIRECT
2. Some ________________ groups checked the shore last week. ENVIRONMENT
3. We are writing a________________ letter about catching fish by electricity. COMPLAIN
4. ________________, we have done many things to protect the environment. ULTIMATE
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
Garbage is a serious problem in the United States. Every year, Americans produce 308 billion
pounds of garbage (about 140 billion kilos). A lot of garbage goes into landfills, but there are not
enough landfills for all the garbage. One answer to the garbage problem is recycling. About half of
all the garbage in the USA can be recycled and used again. Recycling helps people solve the landfill
problem and save natural resources. For examples, tires can be recycled to make pipes and floor
coverings; glass is collected and sent to the factories to make into new glassware. Moreover,
household and garden wastes are collected to make compost. Therefore, everybody should know
how to protect the environment and save natural resources.
5. Every year, people all over the world produce 308 billion pounds of garbage. ______

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 57
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. To solve the problem of garbage, Americans have to recycle it. ______
7. About 50 % of the garbage in the USA can be recycled and used again. ______
8. Things which can be recycled are tires, glass and even waste around houses. ______
III. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
9. The students are very friendly. They took part in the meeting last night.
 The students who.......................................................................................................................
10. Nam said, “Why don’t we go swimming this afternoon?”
 Nam suggested...........................................................................................................................
11. Because she didn’t feel well, she went to the clinic.
 Because of..................................................................................................................................
12. I don’t like wearing clothes made of jean.
 I don’t like putting......................................................................................................................
Điểm: …………………….. / 10
===================================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 025
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. clothing B. ethnic C. whether D. those
2. A. exercise B. persuade C. detail D. intermediate
3. A. teacher B. ready C. speaker D. easily
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. Many people become ________because of the natural disasters every year.
A. homesick B. homeland C. homeless D. homework
5. The ________ of the volcano was a terrible disaster.
A. prediction B. eruption C. cyclone D. shift
6. My dog always barks if it ________ anything unusual.
A. hears B. will hear C. would hear D. heard
7. The earth______ is the fifth largest planet in the solar system, is the third planet from the sun.
A. that B. who C. which D. whose
8. The train was on time in spite of ________.
A. the snow heavy B. the heavy snow
C. the snow heaviness D. the heaviness of snow.
9. Passover is celebrated in Israel and by all ________ people.
A. English B. Japanese C. Vietnamese D. Jewish
10. She cried with ________ when she heard the news. It was her ________ time.
A. joy/joyful B. joyful/joy C. joyfully/joy D. joy/joyfully

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 58
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11. A small fish needs camouflage to hide itself ________ its enemies cannot find it.
A. so that B. because C. therefore D. only if
12. He will never advance in his job________ he improves his language skills.
A. if B. otherwise C. only if D. unless
13. “Should I begin typing these letters? “I suggest________ the book keeping first.”
A. you finished B. you finish C. you to finish D. you will finish
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. If you are captured by aliens and taken abroad a spacecraft, what would you do?
A B C D
15. Let’s me congratulate both of you on your extremely successful exam.
A B C D
16. My mother always made me to wash my hands before every meal.
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.
These days it is impossible to open a newspaper without reading about the (17) .……………. we
are doing to the environment. The earth is being (18) .……………. and the future looks bad. What can
each of us do? We cannot clean up our (19) .……………. rivers and sea overnight. Nor can we stop the
(20) .……………. of plans and animals. But we can step adding to the problem while scientists (21) .…………….
the answer. It may not be easy to change your lifestyle completely but some steps are easy to
take: (22) .……………. the amount of driving you do, or use as little plastic as possible. It is also easy to
save energy, which also reduces household bills. We must all (23) .……………. a person decision to work
for the future of our planet (24) .……………. we want to ensure a better world for our grandchildren.
17. A. death B. damage C. destruction D. ruin
18. A. threatened B. died C. loved D. occupied
19. A. poisoned B. polluted C. poisonous D. polluting
20. A. harm B. appearance C. disappearance D. ruin
21. A. look for B. look into C. look up D. look after
22. A. cut off B. cut up C. cut into D. cut down
23. A. get B. come C. give D. make
24. A. if B. whether C. when D. while
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
1. Thousands of people were…………………………..…….killed in the morning. (DISASTER)
2. The team has trained hard in…………………………..…….for the match. (PREPARE)
3. Her speech to party members was not intended for public…………………………..……. (CONSUME)
4. Energy…………………………..…….includes searching for alternative fuels. (CONSERVE)

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 59
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
Sending cards is a widespread custom in Britain today. The British have been sending cards
since Victorian times when wealthy families started to send Christmas greetings. In the 1980s the
card industry rapidly expanded as celebrations became more and more commercialized. There are
cards for every occasion from buying a house to having a baby and, more recently, cares for
getting a new job, getting a divorce or just saying “Sorry”. More than 100 million Christmas cards
are sold in Britain every year. However, cards are no longer confined to special celebrations such
as birthdays, because there are many less important occasions when people send cards to each
other.
5. The card industry quickly expanded because people commercialized celebrations. .…………….

6. You can get cards for divorce as well as buying a house. .…………….

7. 100 million cards are sold in Britain every year. .…………….

8. Cards are confirmed to special celebrations. .…………….

III. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
9. He has to write these reports today.
 These reports ......................................................................................................................................................................................................
10. Tom failed the exam because he was lazy.
 Because of .............................................................................................................................................................................................................
11. In spite of her sickness, she tried to go to work.
 Even though .........................................................................................................................................................................................................
12. The girl has just gone out. Do you know her?
 Do you know ........................................................................................................................................................................................................
Điểm: …………………….. / 10
===================================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 026
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. achievement B. chemist C. chance D. cheerful
2. A. why B. quickly C. reply D. try
3. A. sugar B. sale C. sight D. source
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. She is very tired: _______; she has to finish her homework
A. Moreover B. However C. So D. And
5. What quality made him different _______others?

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 60
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. from B. for C. with D. in
6. The weather_______ nice yesterday
A. were B. was C. will be D. has been
7. She recommended _______money for the poor people in the region
A. to save B. saved C. saving D. save
8. We think that Mother’s Day should be celebrated _______.
A. nationwide B. national C. nation D. native
9. Auld Lang Sync is a song_______ is sung on New Year’s Eve
A. who B. whose C. whom D. which
10. Nguyen Du was a famous _______in Vietnam.
A. musician B. poet C. designer D. singer
11. They_______ Da Lat last summer.
A. visited B. will visit C. visit D. have visited
12. We have learnt English_______ 2001.
A. in B. during C. for D. since
13. The church_______ about 100 years ago.
A. was built B. is built C. has been built D. will be built
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. Getting to the countryside is an interested journey.
A B C D
15. Peter is trying to study hardly to prepare for the exam.
A BC D
16. Let me congratulate you for your success.
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.
The Korean education system basically consists of primary schools, (17) _______ schools,
high schools, and colleges (18) _______universities, with graduate courses leading to PhD degrees.
(19) _______ education is compulsory for children aged six (20) _______ eleven. The basic primary
school curriculum is generally divided into eight (21) _______: the Korean language, social studies,
science, (22) _______, ethics, physical education, music and fine arts. Students in secondary
schools are required to take a number (23) _______ additional subjects, such as English, and can
take electives, (24) _______as technical or vocational courses. Afterwards, students can choose
between general education and vocational high schools. In general, high school tends be strict, as
college and university admission is very competitive.
1. A. secondary C. second C. firstly D. two
2. A. and B. so C. but D. or
3. A. Primary B. second C. main D. mainly

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 61
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. A. from B. at C. in D. to
5. A. objects B. subjects C. fields D. matter
6. A. world B. scientists C. mathematics D. scientific
7. A. in B. on C. of D. from
8. A. so B. such C. neither D. either
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
1. There are many ______________ who works on this farm. (EMPLOY)
2. We want to ______________ our city. (BEAUTY)
3. We must get rid of the ______________ which slows our development. (POOR)
4. She speaks English ______________.(PERFECT)
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
Every year many people in the world learn English. Some of them are young children;
others are teenagers; and others are adults. Most people must work hard to learn English.
Why do these people want to learn English? It isn’t difficult to answer the question. Young
children learn English at school because it is one of their subjects. Teenagers often learn English
for their higher studies because some of their books are in English at college or university. Some
adults learn English in evening classes; others learn English by themselves. Some adults learn
English because it is useful for their work; others learn English because they want to read
newspapers or magazines in English.
Statements True False
5. English is learned by young children. .
6. Young children learn English at school.
7. Teenagers learn English because it is one of their subjects.
8. All adults learn English in evening classes.
III. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
9. Samuel started keeping a diary in 1997.
=> Samuel has ..................................................................................................................................................................................................
10. Robert and Catherine have been married for ten years.
=> It’s ten years ..............................................................................................................................................................................................

11. No one has answered the questions yet.


=>The questions ............................................................................................................................................................................................

12. Learning English is interesting.


=>It is .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Điểm: …………………….. / 10

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 62
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
===================================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 027
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. flat B. man C. ago D. happy
2. A. stopped B. lived C. played D. arrived
3. A. teach B. season C. meat D. weather
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. If it _______ fine tomorrow , I will play tennis.
A. will be B. were C. is D. has been
5. The book _______ I read was good.
A. who B. which C. whose D. whom
6. _______ It’s raining, you’d better take a taxi.
A. As B. Though C. However D. So
7. She comes from Da Lat, _______ is the most beautiful tourist attraction in Vietnam.
A. which B. that C. what D. where
8. I _______ TV when the fire happened.
A. watched B. am watching C. was watching D. watch
9. Jane often drinks coffee in the evening, ________?
A. doesn’t Jane B. doesn’t she C. does not she D. does she
10. - He’s not interested in physics, is he? - ______________.
A. No, he isn’t, I’m afraid B. No problem
C. Yes, he is not at all D. I promise he isn’t
11. Tet is a festival which occurs__________ late January or early February.
A. at B. in C. from D. on
12. - “Why don’t we go to the cinema now?”- “________”
A. I’d like it. B. What play is it? C. Will you join us? D. Yes, let’s!
13. The match takes place________ Saturday afternoon this week.
A. after B. of C. on D. to
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. He couldn't sleep so he turn off the TV to watch some programs.
A B C D
15. Last week, I went to the museum by my friend.
A B C D
16. Neil Armstrong, which first walked on the moon lived in the USA
A B C D

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 63
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.
Andrew Nelson, an 18-year-old schoolboy, yesterday saved four people from a helicopter
crash in (17) ________ two people died. He was (18) ________ football at school when his friend
(19) ________ the helicopter crash in a nearby field. Immediately, Andrew ran a mile to get to the
scene of the (20) ________. Andrew, (21) ________ father is a flying instructor, knew the
helicopter was in danger of exploding, but he ran inside and (22) ________ out four adults, one
after the other. Meanwhile, the head teacher of his school phone for (23) ________ and the fire
brigade. “They are lucky to be (24) ________ .” said the Chief Fire Officer.
17. A. whom B. where C. which D. who
18. A. playing B. play C. played D. plays
19. A. see B. saw C. seeing D. seen
20. A. problem B. matter C. thing D. accident
21. A. whose B. who C. whom D. which
22. A. pull B. pulled C. pulling D. pulls
23. A. doctor B. nurse C. hospital D. ambulance
24. A. live B. alive C. lively D. living
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
1. The ao dai is the _____________ dress of Vietnamese women. TRADITION
2. Tet holiday is the most important _____________ for Vietnamese people. CELEBRATE
3. We have to be _____________ when riding our bikes on the streets. CARE
4. The old man walked _____________ to the park. SLOW
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
Dear Hoa,
Last Sunday, I had a very interesting day with my classmates. We took part in the city’s
campaign which is called the Green Sunday. All of us were divided into groups to march along
some main streets in the city. With the slogan “Every day is a Green Sunday”, we tried to make
the citizens understand the importance of trees and plants in our lives. Each group came to
some houses to sweep their gardens, empty the garbage, grow some plants or trees and killed
the mosquitoes around the houses. We also swept and grew trees along the two sides of the
streets.
What do you think of these activities? If you like, please join us next week.
Hope to work with you.
Your friend,
Lan

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 64
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Write TRUE or FALSE after the statements about the passage: T/F
5. Lan joined the Green Sunday campaign last week. ______
6. “Everyday is a Green Sunday” is the slogan of the campaign. ______
7. They swept gardens, emptied garbage, grew trees and taught poor children. ______
8. Lan wanted Hoa to take part in the campaign. ______
II. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
9. Because he gets up late, he can’t go to school on time.
=> If ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
10. “I am taking the 5.30 train tomorrow.” Minh said.
=> Minh said ......................................................................................................................................................................................................
11. Math is more interesting than literature.
=> Literature .....................................................................................................................................................................................................

12. I spent two hours doing my homework last night.


=> It took ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................
Điểm: …………………….. / 10
===================================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 028
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. shout B. through C. mountain D. household
2. A. teenager B. message C. village D. advantage
3. A. access B. website C. violent D. internet
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. They _________ Ho Chi Minh City last summer.
A. visit B. will visit C. have visit D. visited
5. He asked me if I _________ to school at that time.
A. am going B. go C. was going D. went
6. _________ Friday morning, there is a meeting between 11am and 1 pm.
A. In B. For C. On D. At
7. Nothing has been changed, _________?
A. has it B. hasn’t it C. have they D. haven’t they
8. She was sick yesterday, _________ she was absent from school.
A. since B. so C. because D. therefore
9. Let’s go to the zoo, _________?
A. are we B. won’t you C. will you D. shall we
10. If Mr. John _________ rich, he would travel around the world.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 65
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. is B. will be C. was D. were
11. Lan _________ the train if she _________ in a hurry.
A. will miss/ is not B. misses/ is not C. misses/ is D. will miss/ does not
12. Tom said that he _________ in Leeds in England.
A. is living B. has lived C. lived D. were living
13. The examiner didn’t tell me _________ I passed or not.
A. whether B. how C. if D. why
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. I saw the men, the women and the cattle which went to the field.
A B C D
15. She couldn’t hardly understand what he was saying.
A B C D
16. Would you mind turning off the lights, please? It’s too dark for me to read.
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.
Today, computer companies sell (17) ________ different programs for computers. Firstly,
(18) ________ are programs for doing math problems. (19) ________, there are programs for
scientific studies. Thirdly, some programs (20) ________ like fancy typewriters. They are often
used (21) _________ writers and business people. Other programs are made for courses in schools
and universities. And finally, there are programs for fun. They include word games and puzzles for
children and adults. There are many (22) _________ new computer programs, but there are other
reasons to like computers. Some people like the way computers hum and sing when they work. It
is a happy sound, like the sounds of toy and childhood. Computers (23) ________ have lights and
pretty pictures. And computers even seem to have personalities. That may sound strange, but
computers seem to have feelings. Sometimes they seem happy, sometimes they seem angry. It is
easy to think they are (24) _________ people.
17. A. many B. much C. a little D. little
18. A. have B. that C. the D. there
19. A. The first B. Firstly C. Second D. Finally
20. A. is B. are C. am D. be
21. A. in B. on C. by D. of
22. A. wonder B. wonderfully C. wonders D. wonderful
23. A. also B. too C. neither D. either
24. A. as B. like C. same as D. alike
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 66
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. What are the __________________ of these books? (DIFFERENT)
2. My house is __________________ for the bus station. (CONVENIENCE)
3. My father is __________________ with my exam results. (DISAPPOINT)
4. What is the correct __________________ of this word? (PRONOUNCE)
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
Tet holiday is celebrated on the first day of the Lunar New Year. Some weeks before the
New Year, the Vietnamese clean their houses and paint the walls. New clothes are bought for the
occasion. One or two days before the festival people make sticky rice cakes, which are the
traditional cake and other goodies. Every member of the family should be present during the
dinner in which many different kinds of dishes are served. On the New Year morning, the young
members of the family pay their respects to the elders. In return they receive lucky money
wrapped in red tiny envelopes. Then people go to visit their neighbors, friends and relatives.
Statements TRUE FALSE
5. People celebrate Tet on the first of January. ………. ……….

6. Vietnamese people enjoy traditional cakes called sticky rice cakes one or two ………. ……….

days before Tet.


7. Members of the family ought to give presents to one another during the dinner. ………. ……….

8. Lucky money is put in red tiny envelopes. ………. ……….

III. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
9. I can’t remember the answers to these questions.
=> I wish ................................................................................................................................................................................................................
10. “I must go to Hanoi tomorrow.” said Nam.
=> Nam said .......................................................................................................................................................................................................
11. Nga spends 4 hours a day practicing English with her friends.
=> It takes ............................................................................................................................................................................................................
12. Can you show me the way to the nearest railway station, please?
=> Would you mind .....................................................................................................................................................................................
Điểm: …………………….. / 10
===================================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 029
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. divide B. impress C. official D. comprise
2. A. special B. climate C. because D. come
3. A. girls B. parks C. countries D. regions

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 67
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. They couldn’t pass the final ________ because they didn’t work hard.
A. exam B. course C. academy D. institute
5. On the first and second night of Passover, Jewish families eat a special ________called Seder.
A. gift B. meal C. drink D. cake
6. Crops are sprayed with ________to kill insects.
A. fertilizer B. manual C. dung D. pesticide
7. Phuong Thao was very nervous as a plane ________.
A. took off B. turned off C. saw off D. went off
8. ________ it was so cold, he went out without an overcoat.
A. If B. Since C. Because D. Although
9. The weather in Hanoi is different ________that in Ho Chi Minh City.
A. with B. as C. from D. about
10. You can’t enjoy hiking in winter ________snow covers everything.
A. which B. when C. that D. whom
11. On the way back, we had to stop at a ________to get some petrol.
A. gas station B. grocery store C. chemist’s D. bakery
13. Every year, natural ________cause millions of dollars worth of damage.
A. events B. disasters C. temperatures D. accidents
13. You look tired, Why don’t you have a ________?
A. lie B. stay C. rest D. stop
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. She will pay less but she uses two energy-saving bulbs.
A B C D
15. The questions the teacher wrote on the board was not easy.
A B C D
16. The picture was painting by Michael last year.
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.
Air pollution is a (17) ___________ of ill health in human beings. In a lot of countries (18)
_______ are laws limiting the amount of smoke (19) ________ factories increasingly produce.
Although there isn’t (20) ___________ information on the amount of smoke in the atmosphere,
doctors have (21) ________ that air pollution causes lung diseases. Poisonous gases from the
exhaust of cars have (22) _________ increased air pollution (23) ________ most city. The lead in
petrol produces a poisonous gas which often (24) __________ in busy streets surrounded by high
buildings.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 68
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
17. A. cause B. result C. purpose D. contrast
18. A. here B. it C. they D. there
19. A. what B. which C. where D. in which
20. A. to B. many C. so D. enough
21. A. advised B. warned C. wanted D. allowed
22. A. hardly B. quickly C. nearly D. almost
23. A. in B. on C. of D. with
24. A. occurs B. takes C. happened D. took
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
1. We should end a letter __________________ with the words “Sincerely yours”. (POLITE)
2. Machines have _____________ people in many areas of industry.(REPLACEMENT)
3. Wearing ___________ clothes is not as important as wearing suitable clothes. (FASHION)
4. There mistake was due to youth and ______________. (EXPERIENCE)
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
In the center of Southeast Asia in the nation of Thailand (the former name was Siam). It is
surrounded by Burma, Cambodia, Laos, the Gulf of Siam, and the Andaman Sea. In the northern
part of the country, there are mountains with forests and very fertile land. In the south, there rain
forests where you can find tigers and monkeys, for example. In general, the weather is hot, humid,
and tropical. The weather is controlled by monsoons, which are very heavy rains that occur at
certain time of the year. These heavy rains come from the ocean. The most important exports of
Thailand are rice, rubber, corn and tin. In fact, Thailand is one of the world’s leading exporters of
rice
5. The old name of Thailand was Siam. ___________
6. We may conclude that in southern Thailand it never snows. ___________
7. Thailand is biggest export is rubber. ___________
8. The rains which come from the ocean are called monsoons. ___________
III. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
9. I’d prefer a salad to a cooked meal.
 I’d rather ........................................................................................................................................................................................................
10. My father usually sang very well in a rock band when he was young.
 My father used to ...................................................................................................................................................................................
11. He doesn’t write emails to his friends frequently.
 If only ................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12. They stayed in a very luxurious hotel last summer.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 69
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 The hotel ........................................................................................................................................................................................................
Điểm: …………………….. / 10
===================================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 030
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. involved B. decided C. explained D. swallowed
2. A. machine B. cheap C. teacher D. child
3. A. qualify B. baggy C. grocery D. scenery
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. There is a small bamboo ________ at the entrance to the village.
A. forest B. forestation C. forest ranger D. forestry
5. Getting to the village is a very ________ journey.
A. interest B. interested C. interesting D. interests
6. The restaurant has the ________ for serving some of the finest food.
A. repute B. reputation C. reputed D. reputable
7. They enjoyed ________ football after school.
A. to play B. play C. played D. playing
8. I saw your school’s ________ in today’s edition of Vietnam News.
A. advertise B. advertisement C. advertiser D. advertising
9. He is the best fashion ________ I have known.
A. design B. designed C. designer D. designing
10. Ann's birthday is ________ February 14th.
A. on B. in C. for D. at
11. I didn’t have time to study ________ I failed the exam.
A. since B. because C. so D. so that
12. I wish I ________ to the movies with you last night.
A. went B. go C. have gone D. had gone
13. She told me to pass the written ________ before taking the oral exam.
A. show B. examination C. work D. task
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. He wishes he doesn’t fail the examination.
A B C D
15. If you came into his garden, the dog will bite you immediately.
A B C D
16. She asked me if I will go with her to the meeting the following morning.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 70
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.
Giang is a student from Thanh Hoa province. He’s participating (17) _______ a student
exchange program, and he is now in (18) ________ United States. It is the beginning of July now
and he is staying with the Parker family on a farm 100 kilometers from Columbus, Ohio. He’s going
to be there till the end of August.
Mr. Parker (19) ________ maize on his farm while Mrs. Parker works part-time at a grocery store
in a nearby town. They have two children: Peter the elder brother is (20) _______ age as Giang,
and Sam is the younger one who is in primary school, a level lower (21) _______ Peter’s.
Since his (22) _______, Giang has been learning a lot about life on a farm. He has also been able to
(23) _______ his spoken English. As soon as he completes his homework, he helps feed the
chickens and (24) ________ the eggs. He really enjoys himself spending his summer vacation this
way.
17. A. in B. from C. at D. with
18. A. an B. a C. the D. any
19. A. raise B. keep C. feed D. grows
20. A. similar B. like C. as D. the same
21. A. than B. then C. that D. this
22. A. arriving B. arrived C. arrival D. arrive
23. A. improvement B. improve C. improving D. improved
24. A. collect B. collection C. collective D. collector
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
1. They had an _____________ journey to Ba’s village last week. (INTEREST)
2. We often take part in many _____________ activities at school. (CULTURE)
3. Look at the _____________. Rain Bi looks handsome. (ADVERTISE)
4. This school has excellent _____________. (REPUTE)
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE, không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
For many centuries, poets, writers and musicians have mentioned the Aodai in poems,
novels and songs. The Aodai is the traditional dress of Vietnamese women. Traditionally, it was
frequently worn by both men and women. The design and material used for men were different
from those used for women. Nowadays, women usually wear it, especially on special occasions.
However, many Vietnamese women today often prefer to wear modern clothing at work, because
it is more convenient .Now fashion designers want to change the traditional Aodai. Some have
printed lines of poetry on it; so it looks modern and fashionable .Others have added traditional

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 71
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
designs and symbols such as suns, stars, crosses and stripes to the Aodai which is both traditional
and fashionable.
Statements True/False
5. By tradition, both men and women used to wear the Aodai.
6. The design and material used for men and women are the same.
7. Nowadays, the Aodai is often worn by women on special occasions and at work.
8. The traditional Aodai has been changed by musicians on these days.
III. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
9. He doesn’t have enough money for her study. (Rewrite sentence using wish)
=> He wishes .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................
10. We got wet in the rain; we forgot to bring along our raincoats. (Join two sentences into one using
because)
=> Because ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................

11. “Where are you going on your summer vacation?” I asked them. (Change the sentence into
reported speech)
=> I asked them .................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12. They built that school in 2000. (Change the sentence into passive voice)
=> That school.....................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Điểm: …………………….. / 10
===================================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 031
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. teacher B. scholarship C. chair D. chess
2. A. cried B. published C. ordered D. sprayed
3. A. count B. sound C. found D. should
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. The journey to the village is very ________.
A. interest B. interested C. interesting D. interestingly
5. Da Lat is one of the ________areas of Vietnam.
A. mountain B. mountaineer C. mountains D. mountainous
6. We saw your school ________ in today’s edition of Vietnam News
A. advertise B. advertisement C. advertiser D. advertising
7. I didn’t have time to study ________ I failed the exam.
A. since B. because C. so D. so that
8. He is the best fashion ________ I have known.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 72
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. design B. designed C. designer D. designing
9. She told me to pass the written ________ before taking the oral exam.
A. show B. examination C. work D. task
10. There is a small bamboo forest at the ________ to the village.
A. entrance B. enter C. entering D. entered
11. I wish I ________ to the movies with you last night.
A. went B. go C. have gone D. had gone
12. They are interested in________ football after school.
A. to play B. playing C. played D. play
13. Bill's birthday is ________ September 14th.
A. at B. in C. for D. on
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. She asked me why I come there late that day.
A B C D
15. If he have much free time, he will go swimming with you.
A B C D
16. This test must be done careful if you want to attend the course.
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.
Malaysia is one of the (17) ________ of the Association of South East Asian Nations
(ASEAN). It is divided (18) _______ two regions, known (19) ________ West Malaysia and East
Malaysia. The (20) ________ of Malaysia is Kuala Lumpur. The population in 2001 was over 22
million. Islam is the country’s official (21) ________. In addition there are other religions such as
Buddhism and Hinduism. The (22) ________ language is Bahasa Malaysia. English, Chinese, and
Tamil are also (23) ________ spoken. Bahasa Malaysia is the primary language of instruction in all
secondary schools, although some students may continue (24) ________ in Chinese or Tamil.
17. A. nationalities B. countryside C. countries D. areas
18. A. in B. of C. into D. for
19. A. too B. so C. as D. because
20. A. capital B. city C. region D. area
21. A. regional B. region C. religion D. religious
22. A. nation B. national C. nationality D. nationwide
23. A. width B. widely C. widen D. wide
24. A. learning B. to learning C. learned D. learnt
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 73
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Mr. Nam is a famous coins _____________ in our country with many fine collections. (COLLECT)
2. If you want to _____________ your English, we can help you. (IMPROVEMENT)
3. Our _____________ are friendly to visitors. (VILLAGE)
4. They enjoy talking to _____________ in English. (FOREIGN)
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
Dear Minh,
I am writing to introduce to you a language school where you can improve your English.
Instead of learning on your own, as you are doing now, you should learn to speak English with
others. The Academy of Language offers you a good and friendly environment to practice your
English. They also have well-qualified teachers. There are classes at different levels in the
afternoon and evening, and courses begin in the first week this November. If you are interested,
you can phone 38765432 for further information.
Best of luck!
Hoang
Statements True False
5. Minh is now learning English with a tutor. ………. ……….

6. The teachers at the Academy of Language are young and inexperienced. ………. ……….

7. Learners can take courses in the morning. ………. ……….

8. People who want to attend classes there can phone the school to get ………. ……….

information.
III. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
9. They don’t have enough experience to apply for the job. (Rewrite sentence using wish)
=> They wish ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................
10. They couldn’t pass the final examination; they didn’t study hard enough. (Join two sentences into
one using because)
=> Because ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

11. “Where are you visiting this summer vacation?” She asked me. (Change the sentence into
reported speech)
=> She asked them ................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12. They built the church in the 18th century. (Change the sentence into passive voice)
=> The church ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Điểm: …………………….. / 10
===================================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 032
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 74
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. that B. this C. think D. mother
2. A. customer B. truck C. include D. custard
3. A. cities B. countries C. babies D. flies
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. If he ______ on telling lies, nobody will believe a word he says.
A. go B. goes C. going D. went
5. Tom suggested ______ late tonight.
A. to work B. work C. should work D. working
6. He failed the exam; ______, he had to do the job he didn’t like.
A. therefore B. and C. but D. though
7. Emails can be sent and received at any hour of the day, ______?
A. can they B. can it C. can’t it D. can’t they
8. Most children enjoy ______advertisements on TV.
A. to watch B. watch C. watching D. watched
9. Without a ______, you cannot access to the Internet.
A. machine B. television C. computer D. translator
10. The baby laughed ______when her mother told her a funny story.
A. happy B. happiness C. unhappy D. happily
11. I’m ______ that people have spoiled this area.
A. disappointed B. disappointment C. disappointing D. disappoint
12. This newspaper is ______ every day. It's a daily newspaper
A. publishing B. published C. to publish D. publish
13. Tet is a festival______occurs in late January or early February.
A. whom B. who C. when D. which
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. He may miss the train unless he doesn’t hurry.
A B C D
15. Trung is flying to Sacramento, that is the capital city of California.
A B C D
16. She has taught in this school since five years.
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.
The (17) _______ Sunday in May is Mother’s Day. It is a (18) _______ holiday in both Britain
and American. On that day, children send Mother’s day cards to their mother. They give their (19)

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 75
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_______ flowers or sweets as presents. Fathers and children do the cooking so that mothers can
have a (20) _______.
In the USA, Mother’s Day (21) _______in 1860s. There was a small town called Prunty town
in the middle of the USA. People in the town fought against each other (22) _______the war. After
the war, they hated each other. Mrs. Ann Reeves Janis wanted the people to make (23)
_______with each other again. So she started “Mother’s Friendship Day”. On that day, she visited
(24) _______the other mothers in the town and said, “Let us be friends with each other again”.
Her idea succeeded. The same thing happened in other parts of the country. After she died, her
daughter carried on her idea. In 1908, “Mother’s Friendship Day” became “Mother’s Day”.
17. A. one B. second C. three D. two
18. A. general B. private C. public D. commonly
19. A. fathers B. sisters C. brothers D. mothers
20. A. rest B. break C. free D. time
21. A. started B. to start C. starting D. had stared
22. A. a while B. as C. when D. during
23. A. friendly B. friendship C. friend D. friends
24. A. plenty B. whole C. a lot D. all
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
1. We need further _____________ for the next week course. (inform)
2. Sapa is one of the_____________ regions of Vietnam. (mountain)
3. We have a great _____________ for her as a writer. (admire)
4. It was an_____________ journey. (interest)
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
HOW DIFFERENT STUDENTS LEARN THEIR ENGLISH VOCABULARY

Hoa: I have a little book. It’s an address book with the letters of alphabet, and I write the new
words in two or three times a week. I write English words first, then the translation. I try to learn
ten new words a day.
Lan: I have a little notebook. I always have it with me. I try to fill one page a day. Sometimes I put
words in groups, like fruit- all kinds of fruit, or colors, or clothes, or things and the shops where
you buy them.
Nam: I write the new words on a little piece of paper of paper, with the English on one side and
the Vietnamese on the other side. I write the English words in a sentense so I know how to use
them, and what words they are used with.
Statements True False

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 76
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. Lan has a little notebook with the letters of the alphabet.
6. Hoa writes the new words in the book two or three times a week.
7. Nam somtimes puts words in groups.
8. Nam writes the English words in a sentence so he knows how to use them.
II. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
9. “Do these books belong to you? Lien” Ba asked
=> Ba asked Lien ............................................................................................................................................................................................

10. He hasn’t written to me since June.


=> The last time ..............................................................................................................................................................................................
11. I’m not a millionaire, so I can’t buy you a car.
=> If I ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12. People believe that 13 is an unlucky number.
=> It is .....................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Điểm: …………………….. / 10
===================================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 033
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. cried B. published C. ordered D. sprayed
2. A. qualify B. baggy C. grocery D. scenery
3. A. union B. unit C. until D. university
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. We ______ him for many years.
A. don’t see B. aren’t seeing B. weren’t seeing D. haven’t seen
5. The woman ______ daughter got a scholarship to study abroad was very happy.
A. who B. whose C. that D. whom
6. English, Chinese and Tamil are also ______ spoken in Malaysia.
A. widened B. width C. wide D. widely
7. He hates cooking and ______ clothes.
A. wash B. to wash C. washing D. washed
8. Nam passed his exam, ______?
A. did he B. didn’t he C. doesn’t he D. wasn’t he
9. Our school year now often starts ______ August the 15th.
A. in B. on C. at D. for
10. If it ______ this evening, I won’t go out with you.
A. rains B. rained C. was raining D. has rained

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 77
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11. Can you ______ the light. It’s too dark here.
A. turn on B. go on C. turn off D. go off
12. Maryam ______ a good time in our city last summer vacation.
A. has B. is having C. had D. has had
13. Nam: –“How are you today, Minh?” –Minh: –“_______”
A. Thanks B. No, thanks C. Yes, thanks D. Fine, thanks
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
13. Between 1980 to 1990, the area was hit by five disastrous tornadoes.
A B C D
14. If I have a million dollars, I would have a trip to space.
A B C D
16. How about to use public buses instead of cars to go to work.
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.
Newspapers, magazines, (17) ______ books are written media. Newspapers are one of the
(18) ______ sources for spreading news and events (19) ______ the world.
Radio and television supply information and entertainment to the public. Motion pictures
are one of the most (20) _____ forms of entertainment. Movies are also teach people many (21)
______ subjects.
The multimedia computer (22) _____ students learn about a particular topic in a (23)
______ of ways. When we use the internet, we can give and get a lot of information very (24)
______.
17. A. so B. but C. and D. because
18. A. main B. kind C. happy D. hard
19. A. all B. throughout C. out D. on
20. A. right B. interested C. expensive D. popular
21. A. also B. too C. other D. another
22. A. gives B. helps C. asks D. says
23. A. variety B. difference C. change D. kind
24. A. exactly B. correctly C. secretly D. quickly
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
25. This school has excellent ______________. (Repute)
26. We often take part in many ______________ activities at school. (Culture)
27. They enjoy talking to ______________in English. (Foreign)
28. If you want to ______________your English, we can help you. (Improvement)

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 78
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
Ha Long- Bay of the Descending Dragon- is very popular with both Vietnamese and
international tourists. One of the attractions of Ha Long is the Bay’s calm water with limestone
moutains. The Bay’s water is clear during the spring and early summer. Upon arriving in Ha Long
city, the visitors will go along Chay Beach. From the beach, visitors can hire a boat and go out to
the Bay. It is here that visitors will find some of southeast Asia’s most beautiful sites. Dau Go cave
is one of the most beautiful caves at Ha Long. It was the cave in which General Tran Hung Dao hid
wooden stakes to beat the Mongols on Bach Dang River in 1288.
Statements T F
29. Ha Long is very popular with only Vietnamese tourists.
30. The Bay’s calm water with limestone moutains is one of the attractions of Ha Long.
31. The Bay’s water is clear during the year.
32. One of the most beautiful caves at Ha Long is Dau Go cave.
II. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
33. He asked them, “Why do you come home late?”
=> He asked them .........................................................................................................................................................................................
34. People speak English as their first language in Australia.
=> English .............................................................................................................................................................................................................
35. Tom doesn’t have a computer at home and he’d love to.
=> Tom wishes .................................................................................................................................................................................................
36. She doesn’t work hard, so she doesn’t get good marks.
=> If she .................................................................................................................................................................................................................

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 79
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Điểm: …………………….. / 10
===================================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 034
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. predict B. destroy C. behavior D. preparation
2. A. chopstick B. scheme C. each D. chair
3. A. walked B. filled C. died D. played
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. Our class__________ into four groups when we have English lessons.
A. is dividing B. divides C. is divided D. be divided
5. I __________ TV when the fire happened.
A. watched B. am watching C. was watching D. watch
6. Jane often drinks coffee in the evening, __________?
A. doesn’t Jane B. doesn’t she C. does not she D. does she
7. She comes from Da Lat, __________ is the most beautiful tourist attraction in Vietnam.
A. which B. that C. what D. where
8. If the rice paddies are polluted, rice plants__________.
A. would die B. won’t die C. will die D. wouldn’t die
9. Nowadays, viewers can watch a variety of local and international programs__________ TV.
A. to B. in C. on D. of
10. Everything is __________ satisfactorily.
A. looking after B. falling through C. turning up D. going on
11. The match takes place__________ Saturday afternoon this week.
A. after B. of C. on D. to
12. The teacher suggests __________ something for the poor in our area.
A. us to do B. we are doing C. we should do D. we will do
13. Let’s get a__________ to make sure there are no cracks in the pipes.
A. electrician B. carpenter C. plumber D. locksmith
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. Neil Armstrong, which first walked on the moon lived in the USA
A B C D
15. They told us that they enjoyed to listen to Pop music in their free time.
A B C D
16. He couldn't sleep so he turn off the T. V to watch some programs.
A B C D

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 80
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.

Andrew Nelson, an 18-year-old schoolboy, yesterday saved four people from a helicopter
crash in (17) ________ two people died. He was (18) ________ football at school when his
friend (19) ________ the helicopter crash in a nearby field. Immediately, Andrew ran a mile to get
to the scene of the (20) ________. Andrew, (21) ________ father is a flying instructor, knew the
helicopter was in danger of exploding, but he ran inside and (22) ________ out four adults, one
after the other. Meanwhile, the head teacher of his school phone for (23) ________ and the fire
brigade.
“They are lucky to be (24) ________ .” said the Chief Fire Officer.
17. A. whom B. where C. which D. who
18. A. playing B. play C. played D. plays
19. A. see B. saw C. seeing D. seen
20. A. problem B. matter C. thing D. accident
21. A. whose B. who C. whom D. which
22. A. pull B. pulled C. pulling D. pulls
23. A. doctor B. nurse C. hospital D. ambulance
24. A. live B. alive C. lively D. living
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
1. The…………………………….. of the project made me tense. (IMPORTANT)
2. This grammar book is…………………………….. both for classroom use and for independent study. (SUIT)
3. Last year we had an…………………………….. summer holiday. (ENJOY)
4. He was…………………………….. of his achievements in the field of politics. (PRIDE)
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
It is estimated that about 200 million people who use the Internet computer network
around the world. The Internet allows people to work at home instead of traveling to work. The
Internet allows businesses to communicate with customers and workers in any part of the world
for the cost of a local telephone call. E-mail allows users to send documents, pictures and other
data from one part of the world to another in at least 5 minutes. People can use the Internet to do
shopping. This saves a lot of time. It is possible to use the Internet for education – students may
connect with their teachers from home to send or receive e-mail or talk their problems through
“on-line” rather than attend a class.

5. The Internet allows people to work at home. ………………………

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 81
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. To a business, the Internet is a very expensive way to communicate with customers. ………………………
7. People cannot use the Internet to do shopping. ………………………

8. To use the Internet for education is possible. ………………………

II. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
9. Because of their good performance, they won that match. (Rewrite sentence using because)
 Because they ................................................................................................................................................................................................................
10. They take pride in their school uniform. (Rewrite sentence with the provided words)
 They are ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................
11. "How much do you think it will cost?" he said to me. (Change into reported speech)
 He asked me .................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12. The exercise is very difficult. I can’t do it in one hour. (Combine sentences using such …that)
 It is .........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Điểm: …………………….. / 10
===================================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 035
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. idiom B. ideal C. item D. identical
2. A. hear B. clear C. near D. pear
3. A. theatre B. therefore C. throughout D. thunder
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. “_______ the TV for me, will you? I want to watch the weather forecast."
A. turn on B. turn off C. look for D. look after
5. Hoa failed her math test; _______, she has to do the test again.
A. However B. Therefore C. if D. because
6. Ba, ______ lives on Trang Tien Street, can play the guitar very well.
A. whom B. that C. who D. whose
7. I feel that you _______ me.
A. don’t like B. didn’t like C. aren’t liking D. haven’t like
8. We usually watch the news on TV because it is very ______.
A. inform B. information C. informing D. informative
9. In this program, we plant trees ______ the streets and in the park.
A. beside B. under C. along D. on
10. You used to live in Binh Phuoc, ______?
A. don’t you B. do you C. have you D. didn’t you
11. How much time do you spend on _______ your homework every day.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 82
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. do B. doing C. to do D. did
12. This building is _______ than that one.
A. beautiful B. so beautiful C. more beautiful D. beautiful as
13. In Asia, a tropical storm is called _______.
A. typhoon B. hurricane C. cyclone D. tornado
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. You must study hard although you want to get good grades.
A B C D
15. They enjoy to listen to Michael Jackson’s songs.
A B C D
16. She always drives her car careful.
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.
This is only a quick note to (17) ______ you that I am fine and that the course is going well.
I am in the top class, and I am (18) ______ a great time. There are eight of us in the class, all from
different countries, so we have to (19) ______ English all the time. I want to say how pleased I am
(20) ______ the school, and I am really glad that you told me about it. The facilities are great and
our social life is wonderful. We have parties twice a month, and every weekend we (21) ______
have the chance to go on all sorts of interesting excursions (22) ______ are organized by the
school. I’d love to see you again, and my host family have said you are (23) ______ to stay in a
spare room. So please tell me (24) ______ you think you’ll be able to come here, and I’ll sort
things out.
17. A. say B. speak C. tell D. give
18. A. making B. doing C. having D. getting
19. A. speak B. talk C. send D. ask
20. A. about B. of C. for D. with
21. A. too B. also C. so D. neither
22. A. when B. who C. what D. which
23. A. informed B. welcomed C. told D. asked
24. A. unless B. because C. and D. if
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
25. Hong Son’s second goal in the match against Thailand was the most ______________.
(IMPRESS)
26. The instructions are very ______________. I am not clear what I should do. (CONFUSE)
27. The teacher gave the students a detailed ______________ of the story. (EXPLAIN)

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 83
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
28. My parents usually ______________ me to study harder. (COURAGE)
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
Chiang Mai is a city in the north of Thailand that has a wonderful night market. In the
evening, the main street is lined with small stands and shops that sell almost everything you can
imagine. Some stands sell jewelry or clothing, others sell traditional Thai crafts, and still others sell
fresh fruit and spices. It’s easy to spend an entre evening just looking at everything and it’s also
easy to buy things because the prices are not very expensive. There are a lot of wonderful
attractions in Chiang Mai, but the night market is the most attractive to many people.
Statements True False
29.Chiang Mai is a city in the west of Thailand.
30.At night the street in Chiang Mai is lined with small stands and shops.
31.You can buy many things in the night market.
32.Things in the night market are very expensive.
III. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
33. They don’t study hard, so they can’t get good grades
=> If ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
34. “What do you do to help your mother?” She asked me
=> She asked me ............................................................................................................................................................................................
35. Nam’s school isn’t as modern as mine.
=> My school .....................................................................................................................................................................................................
36. She rides her bike to school in thirty minutes every day.
=> It takes ............................................................................................................................................................................................................
Điểm: …………………….. / 10
===================================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 036
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. south B. bought C. found D. about
2. A. looked B. suggested C. decided D. wanted
3. A. find B. try C. recycle D. fix
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. Environmental _______ is a serious problem facing mankind today.
A. polluted B. pollute C. pollution D. polluting
5. Lan is _______ that you are working hard.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 84
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. pleasant B. pleased C. pleasure D. pleasing
6. Tet is the most important _______ for Vietnamese people.
A. celebration B. invention C. decoration D. preparation
7. _______ the weather is fine, we will go on a picnic.
A. If B. However C. Although D. Therefore
8. The weather was very nice, _______ we decided to go out for a walk.
A. and B. but C. so D. or
9. Tom suggested _______ money to help the poor.
A. to save B. save C. saving D. should save
10. _______ the TV for me, please? I want to watch the weather forecast.
A. Turn on B. Turn off C. Turn up D. Turn down
11. Do you know the driver _______ took them to town last night?
A. whose B. which C. who D. whom
12. The baby laughed _______ as she was playing with her toys.
A. happiness B. happy C. happily D. unhappy
13. It’s very nice _______ you to say so!
A. of B. on C. at D. in
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
18. Let me congratulate you on to pass the final exam.
A B C D
10. Toyota cars are make in Japan.
A B C D
14. Nam showed me how using a computer.
A B C C
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.
Christmas
Christmas is my (17) ______ holiday. I enjoy baking Christmas cookies and planning parties. I
like sending cards and hearing (18) ______old friends. I love seeing children open their (19)
______on Christmas morning. Most of all, I love one (20) ______custom that we have in our
family. On the night before Christmas we (21) ______in warm clothing and go from house (22)
______ house in our neighborhood. At each house, we (23) ______Christmas songs. Then we go to
a hospital or a home for elderly people and we sing there. We want to let people (24) ______ that
we care about them. Afterward, we come home and drink hot chocolate by the fireplace. I love
this!
17. A. like B. dislike C. favorite D. love
18. A. of B. with C. from D. by
19. A. presents B. given C. offers D. Both A and B

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 85
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20. A. special B. unusual C. strange D. rare
21. A. wear B. put on c. get D. dress up
22. A. by B. to C. after D. and
23. A. shout B. cry C. sing D. speak
24. A. know B. to know C. knowing D. knew
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
25. Her novel is known to everyone. It is __________ read. (wide)
26. Keep __________! The teacher is explaining the lesson. (silence)
27. Time passes __________when you are alone. (slow)
28. She has finished her best _____________. (perform)
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
In the first half, the Italian played better. The situation was better for the French in the
second half when they pressed the field. The two teams finished 90 minutes with one goal for
each side and went on the match with extra 30 minutes. However, everything changed at 118’.
Zidane, who scored the first goal of the match, attacked Materazzi from Italy with his bald head
and the Italian boy fell on the field. The superstar of the French had to leave the field after
receiving a Red card from the referee. The Italian won the match after five successful penalties
and became the World Champion.
STATEMENTS TRUE FALSE
29. The French won the match.
30. The first goal was scored by Zidane.
31. Materazzi received a Red Card.
32. The Italian became the world champion.
II. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
33. She doesn’t take your advice, so she can’t pass in her exam.
=> If she .................................................................................................................................................................................................................
34. I haven’t seen that man here before.
=> It’s .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................
35. They are building a new school in that village.
=> A new school .............................................................................................................................................................................................
36. “Can you speak English?” said Ann.
=> Ann asked ....................................................................................................................................................................................................

Điểm: …………………….. / 10
===================================================================

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 86
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ĐỀ THI SỐ 037
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. needed B. worked C. stopped D. booked
2. A. thick B. thorough C. healthy D. weather
3. A. like B. lively C. live D. life
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. _________Kuala Lumpur, Hanoi is a busy modern city
A. As B. Such as C. Like D. Similar
5. I wish I ________his name.
A. knew B. know C. will know D. would know
6. If you have a map along, You ________ get lost.
A. will B. will not C. wouldn’t D. would
7. Malaysia is divided ________2 regions
A. to B. on C. in D. into
8. Vietnamese people are very ________ .
A. friend B. friendliness C. friendly D. friendship
9. We ________ in Lenin Park when it rained.
A. walked B. have walked C. were walking D. walk
10. I’ve lived in this house ________1990
A. from B. since C. for D. in
11. He was ________ill that he couldn’t get up
A. such B. so C. much D. too.
12. They ________in that house for several months
A. live B. lived C. have lived D. are living
13. Let’s go to the cinema, __________?
A. will we B. shall we C. let we D. don't we
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. I wish my mother gives me presents more often.
A B C D
15. If you write the essay careful, you will get good mark.
A B C D
16. The girl who were injured in the accident is now in hospital.
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 87
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In the United States of America, the (17) ______ language is also English. Four hundred
years (18) _______, some English people sailed to North America to live there, and (19) ________
brought the English language to this new (20)_______. Now in the United States of America
people (21) _______ American English. Most words are (22) _______ in American and British
English; The American people say some English words not like the people (23) _______ in England.
Canada is to the north of the United States of America. It is larger than the united States.
In Canada many people speak English (24) _______ they also came from England many years ago.
But in some parts of Canada, they speak French. The people living in these parts came from
France.
17. A. nation B. nationality C. national D. international
18. A. ago B. after C. last D. next
19. A. he B. we C. they D. I
20. A. area B. region C. religion D. country
21. A. say B. speak C. talk D. ask
22. A. the same B. similarity C. likely D. also
23. A. work B. do C. make D. get
24. A. but B. or C. so D. because
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
25. Can you see the _____________ between two shirts? (DIFFERENT)
26. Fashion _____________ are very creative. (DESIGN)
27. _____________, the girl and her mother was the same size. (SURPRISE)
28. We are impressed by her _____________. (FRIEND)
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).

Ground floor, 149 Pasteur street


- Study English, German, and Japanese in the morning and evening.
- Places available in beginner/ intermediate classes.
- Courses start November 3rd.
- Please call 08.113.114 for further information.

Statements True False


29. They teach English, German, and Japanese here.
30. If you don’t know any English word, you can study here.
31. There are classes available from 1.00 p.m to 4.00 p.m.
32. If you want to get information, you can phone 08.8.113.114.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 88
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
II. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
33. They often went to Vung Tau at weekends.
=> They used to ..............................................................................................................................................................................................

34. I’m sorry I can’t speak English fluently.


=> I wish ................................................................................................................................................................................................................
35. She started working in this school five years ago.
=> She has ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................

36. Let us put the garbage bins around the school yard.
=> I suggest ........................................................................................................................................................................................................

Điểm: …………………….. / 10
===================================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 038
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. cook B. blood C. school D. look
2. A. feat B. beat C. seat D. great
3. A. flame B. hate C. page D. adventure
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. “_______ the TV for me, will you? I want to watch the weather forecast."
A. turn on B. turn off C. look for D. look after
5. Hoa failed her math test; _______, she has to do the test again.
A. However B. Therefore C. if D. because
6. Ba, ______ lives on Trang Tien Street, can play the guitar very well.
A. whom B. that C. who D. whose
7. I feel that you _______ me.
A. don’t like B. didn’t like C. aren’t liking D. haven’t like
8. Ann is interested in _______ young children.
A. teach B. teaches C. to teach D. teaching
9. Malaysia is divided _______ two regions.
A. to B. on C. in D. into
10. For centuries, poets, writers and musicians _______ the ao dai in their poets, novels and
songs.
A. mention B. mentioned C. have mentioned D. has mentioned
11. He wishes he _______ a new bicycle.
A. can have B. has C. will have D. could have
12. US dollars are considered common ________ in international transactions.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 89
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. currency B. money C. value D. support
13. Where is your home village? - ________.
A. to the west of the city B. in the west of the city
C. of the west of the city D. On the west of the city
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. The man who I was waiting for didn't turn up.
A B C D
15. Women wear make-up to beautiful themselves.
A B C D
16. Ha Dong is the town where I am born and grew up.
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.
POLLUTION
We are slowly (17) _______ the earth. The seas and rivers are (18) _______ dirty to swim
in. There is so smoke in the air that is (19) _______ to live in many of the world’s cities. In one
well-known city, for example, poisonous gases from cars pollute the air so much that traffic
policeman (20) _______ wear oxygen marks.
We have cut (21) _______ so many trees that are now vast areas of wasteland all over the
world. As a result, farmers in part of America can’t grow (22) _______ to eat. In certain countries
in Asia there is too little rice. Moreover, we do not take enough care of the countryside. Wild
animals are quickly disappeared. For distance, tigers are rare in India now because we have killed
too many for them to survive. We must act now before it is too (23) _______ to do anything about
us. Join us now. Save the earth. It is (24) _______ important to ignore
17. A. destroy B. destroyed C. destroying D. to destroy
18. A. so B. so that. C. very D. too
19. A. healthy B. unhealthy C. healthful D. healthily
20. A. have to B. may C. should D. will
21. A. down B. up C. off D. into
22. A. much B. enough C. many D. a lot
23. A. lately B. later C. latest D. late
24. A. so B. so that C. too D. very

B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)


I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
25. This river is extremely _______________. (POLLUTE)
26. Tet is the most important _______________in Viet Nam. (CELEBRATE)

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 90
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27. My teacher _______________me to take this examination. (COURAGE)
28. He was very _______________of the work he had done. (PRIDE)
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
Bangkok, the capital of ThaiLand, is a city of contrast. It’s an exciting, crowded, modern city,
a city that is full of history. Streets of Bangkok are usually noisy and crowded with people selling
good, clothing, flowers or souvenirs. Visitors love the river markets, the beautiful temples and
architectures and the friendly Thai people.
Most of the year, Bangkok is hotter than any other capital city in Asia, but from December
to February, the weather is cooler and more comfortable. Bangkok is an interesting city to visit at
any time of the year.
There is always plenty to do there from watching Thai dancing or boxing to taking a boat
trip on the river or trying some delicious food or spending hours at the beautiful beaches.
Satements true False
29. Bangkok is a modern city and it is also full of history.
30. Visitors come to Bangkok only because of the food and the shopping.
31. Visitors can visit Bangkok at any times of the year.
32. There is not much to do in Bangkok.
II. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
33. We bought that car last year. (Change this sentence into passive voice)
=> That car ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................
34. Reading newspapers in the morning gives him pleasure. (Rewrite sentence with the provided word)
=> He enjoys ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
35. “When are you moving in?” Mrs. Smith asked. (Change this sentence into reported speech)
=> Mrs. Smith asked me ..............................................................................................................................................................................................
36. They held the 22nd SEA Games in Vietnam in 2003. (Change this sentence into passive voice)
=> The 22nd SEA Games .............................................................................................................................................................................................

Điểm: …………………….. / 10
===================================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 039
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. lie B. height C. weight D. pie
2. A. fat B. cat C. table D. sat
3. A. hit B. tide C. sit D. did
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 91
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. The children are playing ________in the schoolyard.
A. happy B. happiness C. happier D. happily
5. She took lesson to learn how _______ the violin.
A. plays B. to play C. playing D. played
6. I look forward to ________you
A. sees B. to see C. seeing D. saw
7. He agreed _______ the job as soon as possible.
A. starts B. starting C. to start D. to be started.
8. Ann’s birthday is ________February 14th.
A. in B. on C. for D. at
9. After the clothes_______, we can wear them to your birthday party.
A. washing B. wash C. washed D. are washed
10. The Internet has _______ developed and become part of our everyday life.
A. increased B. increasing C. increasingly D. increases
11. How many people took part _______ the contest?
A. in B. from C. with D. to
12. You will not pass the exam _______working harder.
A. unless B. if C. without D. although
13. Mr. Dung said he _______35 the following week.
A. was B. is C. will be D. would be
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. I’m disappoint that people have spoiled this area.
A B C D
15. If Ba will come here tomorrow, I’ll phone you.
A B C D
16. We saw beautifully girls there yesterday.
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.
THE ROCKIES
The Rockies Mountains run almost the length of North America. They start in the North –
West, but lie only on a (17) _______ hundred miles from the center in more southern areas.
Although the Rockies are smaller (18) _______ the Alps, they are no less wonderful. There are
many roads across the Rockies, (19) _______ the best way to see them is to (20) _______ by train.
You start in Vancouver, (21) _______ most attractive of Canada’s big cities. Standing with its feet
in the water and its head in the mountains, this city allows its residents to ski on slopes just 15
minutes by car from the city (22) _______. Thirty passenger trains a day used to (23) _______ off

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 92
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
from Vancouver on the cross-continent railway. Now there are just three a week, but the ride is
still a great adventure. You sleep on board, (24) _______ is fun, but travel through some of the
best scenery at night.
17. A. many B. lot C. few D. couple
18. A. from B. to C. as D. than
19. A. but B. because C. unless D. since
20. A. drive B. travel C. ride D. pass
21. A. a B. one C. the D. its
22. A. centre B. circle C. middle D. heart
23. A. leave B. get C. take D. set
24. A. when B. which C. who D. where
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
25. I spend my _____________ in the country. (child)
26. Have you got any _____________for our trouble? (suggest)
27. Relax in our _____________chairs and enjoy our excellent tea and hot chocolate. (comfort)
28. Our _____________from London to Sydney took 24 hours. (fly)
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
At six o’clock yesterday evening, the River Thames burst its banks and flooded a wide
area. By nine o’clock the floods had reached the town of Dorchester. The main street was soon
under 3 feet of water. Fire engines arrived quickly to pump away the water, but heavy rain made
their jobs very difficult. The rain has finally stopped, the river level is falling and the weather
forecast is good, but the floods have caused extensive damage. Luckily, nobody was hurt or
injured.
Statements T F
29. The floods hit the town of Dorchester.
30. Fire engines had no difficulty in pumping away the water.
31. The floods have caused enormous damage
32. A large number of people were hurt.
II. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
33. When did you last phone him?
=> How long ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................
34. I’m sorry that I didn’t go to the party last Sunday.
=> I wish .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................

35. He will die soon if they don’t bring him to the hospital.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 93
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
=> Unless ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
36. The blue car is more expensive than the red one.
=> The red car isn’t ...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Điểm: …………………….. / 10
===================================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 040
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. seat B. head C. meat D. feed
2. A. watches B. washes C. clauses D. likes
3. A. pleased B. smoked C. stopped D. missed
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. The final examination will be held_________ June 29th, 2012.
A. in B. on C. at D. to
5. The boy looks very proud_______ his success at school.
A. on B. of C. at D. in
6. You have read this article on the website, ________?
A. don't you B. aren't you C. didn't you D. haven't you
7. All the students are looking forward________ their summer vacation in the countryside.
A. to spend B. spend C. to spending D. spending
8. Did your children enjoy________ in the sea?
A. swimming B. swim C. to swim D. swam
9. Flowers should_________ in warm places.
A. be keep B. kept C. be kept D. be keeping
10. The girl wishes she____________ in Hue for the festival next week.
A. had stayed B. was staying C. stay D. could stay
11. Do you know the man______________ car Jack is driving?
A. who B. whom C. which D. whose
12. "I suggest going to Vung Tau on the weekend." - "________".
A. That's a fine day B. That's a good idea C. That's a trip D. That's a reason
13. "________" - "Don't worry. I can fix it".
A. Are you worried? B. May I fix your TV?
C. The TV is out of order again. D. I want to fix your TV.
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. You're tired although you stayed up too late to watch TV last night.
A B C D

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 94
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15. Tuan signed sad when he heard that he failed the test.
A B C D
16. Don't speak English with him; he hardly not knows any English.
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.

New Year is one of the most important (17) _________ in the United States. On New Year's
Eve, most people go to the parties. At twelve o'clock (18) ________ night, everyone says "Happy
New Year" and they (19) _________ their friends and relatives good luck. New Year's Eve is usually
a long night to this holiday children (20) ________ as witches, ghosts or others. Most children go
from house to house asking for candy or fruit. (21) ________ the people at the house do not give
(22) _________ candy, the children will (23) ________ a trick on them. But this (24) ________ ever
happens. Many people give them candy or fruit.
17. A. festivals B. meetings C. contests D. courses
18. A. on B. at C. in D. for
19. A. dream B. greet C. wish D. congratulate
20. A. wear B. dress C. put on D. take off
21. A. Whether B. So C. Although D. If
22. A. they B. them C. their D. theirs
23. A. say B. tell C. play D. speak
24. A. hardly B. hard C. soon D. always
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
25. Fuel ____________ can be cut down by having fewer cars on the roads. (consume)
26. Many chemicals have a ____________effect on the environment. (disaster)
27. ____________, the typhoon didn't cause any damage on the village. (lucky)
28. The next stage in the ____________of television is interactive TV. (develop)
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
Daddy,
I am writing this to tell you how much you are missed and loved. I will always remember that
day - my wedding day. You were standing there with tears in your eyes while I was walking
towards my groom. You gave me a hug, and the feeling that you never wanted to let me go. But at

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 95
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
last I had to leave you and start my new life... a moment in time that lasted forever. I now have
children, Dad, but I will always be your little girl! Happy Father's Day.
Statements True False
29. This is a letter written by a daughter to her father.
30. The father in the letter is not loved much.
31. The man did not let his daughter go at last.
32. The writer of this letter hasn't got any children.
II. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
33. Ba said, "I am going to meet your sister in front of the station, Liz".
=> Ba told Liz that .........................................................................................................................................................................................
34. The last time she went out with him was two years ago.
=> She hasn't ....................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................
35. She is not on board now, so she can't experience these marvelous things.
=> If she .................................................................................................................................................................................................................
36. The show was interesting to the boys.
=> The boys felt ..............................................................................................................................................................................................
Điểm: …………………….. / 10
===================================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 041
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A faded B. owned C. surrounded D. excited
2. A chair B. chemist C. cheap D. child
3. A. regularly B. minority C. style D. scenery
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. I wish I _______ English well.
A. can speak B. will speak C. could speak D. spoke
5. She looks very_______ today.
A. happy B. happily C. happiness D. more happy
6. The telephone_______ by Alexander Bell.
A. invent B. invented C. is invented D. was invented
7. This building is_______ than that one.
A. beautiful B. so beautiful C. more beautiful D. beautiful as
8. If you work hard, you _______ in the final examination
A. succeed B. will succeed C. would succeed D. had succeeded

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 96
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9. He _______ the piano when he was 10.
A. play B. played C. has played D. had played
10. They _______ a new shop since last week.
A. opened B. were opening C. have opened D. would open
11. We have been pen pal_______ 3 years
A. in B. on C. since D. for
12. I like the woman_______ I met at the party last night.
A. whom B. which C. when D .whose
13. _______ the weather is predicted not to be good today, they decide to go swimming
A. because of B. although C. In spite of D. since
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. Although Mr. Minh’s house is far from the office, but he walks to work every day.
A B C D
15. We suggest that he wouldn’t go out too much at nights.
A B C D
16. Mary asked me how did I go to school every day.
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.
Television is an important (17) ______ of the 20th century. It has been so (18) ______ that
now we can’t (19) ______ what life would be like if there were no television. Television is a major
means (20) ______ communication. It brings pictures and sound from around the world into
millions of home. TV (21) ______ can see and learn about people, places and things in faraway
lands. TV widens our (22) ______ by introducing us to new ideas which may lead us to new
hobbies and recreations. In addition to the news, TV provides us with a variety of programs that
can satisfy every taste. Most people now like (23) ______ their evenings watching TV. It is more
(24) ______ for them to sit at home watching TV than to go out for amusement elsewhere.
17. A. invent B. invented C. invention D. inventor
18. A. popularity B. popular C. popularly D. popularize
19. A. imagination B. imaginative C. to imagine D. imagine
20. A. of B. in C. to D. with
21. A. viewers B. lookers C. seers D. watchers
22. A. know B. knowledge C. knowing D. known
23. A. spent B. spend C. spending D. to spending
24. A. convenience B. convenient C. inconvenient D. inconvenience
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 97
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25. Their_____________ has lasted a lifetime. (friend)
26. It is _____________ hot here. (extreme)
27. I’m _____________ that people have spoiled this beautiful beach. (disappoint)
28. I’m looking forward to_____________ from you. (hear)
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
When you go to a party in Atlantica, don’t bring a gift. If you do so, your hosts will hosts will
not be ready on time themselves. In Atlantica, all schedules (even airline schedules) run on “elastic
time”.
At dinner time, eat only what the hosts serve you. If you ask for something special, believe
that you think they are poor. Never arrive on time in Atlantica. Come one or two hours late
because the hosts try to get what you want, even if they have to go out to the store that evening.
And never look at the other guests while you eat. Instead, look down at your food. Use a spoon for
all foods, even hard foods like fried meat.
Statements True False
29. A bottle of wine is an example of a good gift to bring to a party in
Atlantica.
30. Never be late to a party in Atlantica.
31. “Elastic time” probably means t that schedules in Atlantica are not exact.
32. You use a spoon for all foods when you eat.
II. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
33. Our teacher has suggested a new idea.
=> A new idea ..............................................................................................................................................................................................

34. My English isn’t as good as yours.


=> Your English is ......................................................................................................................................................................................
35. If he doesn’t study hard, he will fail the exam.
=> Unless .........................................................................................................................................................................................................

36. The taxi driver was friendly. He took me to the airport.


=> The taxi driver who .........................................................................................................................................................................

Điểm: …………………….. / 10
===================================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 042
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A stopped B. lived C. played D. remembered
2. A. climate B. tropical C. official D. capital

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 98
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. A. here B. hour C. house D. holiday
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. Viet Nam has a tropical _______.
A. temperature B. weather C. climate D. degree
5. Hoa _______in Hue city for ten years now.
A lives B. has lived C. is living D. was living
6. I love to go to the party _______I have to finish my homework.
A. and B. but C. or D. because
7. If I knew her telephone number, I_______ you
A. will tell B. would tell C. tell D. told
8. We’ll have to pay a very expensive cost _______ we protect the environment.
A. if B. unless C. when D. and
9. I’ve _______my glasses everywhere but I can’t find them anywhere.
A. looked after B. looked at C. looked for D. looked into
10. Mr. Tuan bought a color TV, _______?
A. didn’t he B. didn’t Mr. Tuan C .was he D. doesn’t he
11. Mai’s birthday is_______1st May.
A. on B. in C. at D. between
12. It is an _______journey.
A. interest B. interesting C. interestingly D .interested
13. Nam is _______than Hoa.
A. well B. good C. better D. the best
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. He spoke very quick, so I didn’t understand what he meant.
A B C D
15. My friends suggested to go to school by bikes in stead of by motorbikes.
A B C D
16. I like the book which Hoa told me to read it
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.
About twenty percent of the world’s present (17) _______ comes from the sun in one form
or another. Special devices have already (18) _______made available to put on the roofs of houses
and flats to (19) _______the sun’s rays and thus heat water .Thousands (20) _______ these
devices are now being used to provide energy in homes throughout the United States while (21)
_______ than a million solar water- heating units have already been built in homes in Japan. Other
purposes for which (22) _______ energy is at present being used, including the removal of salt

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 99
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
from seawater, irrigation and sewage disposal. For most people (23) _______ developing
countries, the need is not for air- conditioners or central heating but for cheap (24) _______ of
cooking food, drying crops and lighting homes.
17. A. energy B. heat C. electric D. pollution
18. A. ever B. also C. been D. not
19. A. get B. make C. take D. ride
20. A. with B. on C. of D. for
21. A. better B. available C. nuclear D. more
22. A. solar B. coal C. Sunny D. waste
23 A. in B. of C. with D. about
24. A. effects B. resources C. ways D. chemicals
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
25. Mr Tuan speaks English quite _____________. (GOOD)
26. He was really _____________ by the beauty of your country (IMPRESS)
27. I usually watch the news on TV because it’s very _____________. (INFORM)
28. We have to be _____________ when riding our bikes on the streets. (CARE)
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
The weather is not beautiful all of the time. Perhaps you can remember a day when the
bad weather made you afraid. One kind of the bad weather that scares many people called a
thunderstorm. This is what happens when there is a thunderstorm. First you see a sudden flash of
bright light. A few seconds later you hear a rumbling sound. This quick flash is called lighting, and
the loud sound is called thunder. Lighting is colorful, but can cause serious problem. Lighting is
electricity that is moving very rapidly. It may be moving between a cloud and ground, between
two clouds or between two parts of the same cloud. The lighting heats the air around it. This hot
air expands, or gets bigger, and it causes the air to move in waves. The air waves pass in a series,
one after another. For this reason, you may hear many rumbles and just one sound.
Statements True False
29. Lighting may move between cloud and the ground
30. Thunder is a very bright light in a thunderstorm
31. When you hear thunder you may hear a series of loud sounds and not one
sound. This is because the air waves pass one after another.
32. Lighting always moves rapidly
II. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
33. I don’t know the ways to your house.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 100
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
=> I wish .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................
34. She last returned to her village two years ago.
=> She hasn’t ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................
35. He doesn’t work hard, so he doesn’t get good marks.
=> If ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

36. “What is the name of your school, Peter?” Mai asked.


=> Mai asked Peter ...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Điểm: …………………….. / 10
===================================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 043
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. much B. number C. cut D. put
2. A. ticked B. looked C. booked D. visited
3. A. thank B. thick C. they D. thin
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. My teacher always expected me _______well in exams
A. do B. doing C. to do D. to have done
5. My parents ______ our grandfather last week.
A. visit B. visited C. have visited D. visits
6. He wishes he ______ Ha Long Bay
A. can visit B. to visit C. could visit D. be visit
7. The _______ language in Malaysia is Bahasa Malaysia.
A. nation B. national C. international D. internationally
8. They haven’t seen this film, ________?
A. do they B. have they C. don’t they D. They have
9. If you study hard, you____ pass the exam.
A. would B. will C. must D. should
10. My father said I ______ learn hard.
A. have to B. must C. had to D. can
11. The house comprises two bedrooms, a kitchen and a bathroom.
A. consist of B. gets C. divides D. takes
12. It’s very nice ________ you to say so!
A. in B. on C. of D. for
13. Kobe in Japan was completely ________ in 1995 by a huge earthquake.
A. to destroy B. destroy C. destroyed D. destroying
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 101
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. Mrs. Lien which sings very well is my English teacher.
A B C D
15. She asked me where I buy that car.
A B C D
16. We were really impress by the beauty of Ha Long Bay.
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.
When I first started learning English ten years ago. I could hardly say a word - “hello” ,
“goodbye”, “thank you” was just about it! I went to classes two evenings a week and I was
surprised at how quickly I (17) ______ progress. (18) ______the course we learned lots of
vocabulary and studied grammar rules. (19) ______thing I enjoyed most was being able to practice
speaking with the other students in my class. After two years I went to England to a (20)
______school. It was in Cambridge. I did a three-week course at a very good school and I stayed
with a local family. It was a fantastic experience and I (21) ______up a lot of new language from
speaking with my host family and with other students from (22) ______the world. I really
improved my pronunciation as well. When I got back (23) ______Spain, I was so much more
confident. I (24) ______actually hold a conversation with my teacher in English
17. A. do B. make C. did D. made
18. A. During B. After C. Before D. While
19. A. That B. A C. The D. Those
20. A. science B. language C. art D. finance
21. A. picked B. looked C. got D. stood
22. A. all B. over C. over all D. all over
23. A. the B. to C. in D. Ø
24. A. didn’t B. can C. could D. couldn’t
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
25. She receives a lot of _______________ from her friends. (COURAGE)
26. The gas from the chemical factory was extremely _______________. (HARM)
27. The _______________between Vietnam and China is good. (FRIEND)
28. The garden is _______________with trees and flowers. (BEAUTY)
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
Electricity is the most common form of energy today. In the modern world electricity is
very available at the touch of a switch.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 102
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Electricity has many uses. The most common use of electricity is to provide artificial
lighting. In factories, electricity is used to light up the work place. It is also used to operate air
conditioners, computers and many other machines. Electricity is also used to power the many
appliances that we have in our homes. Such appliances include television sets, computers, electric
fans, irons and many others. The list is simply endless. Modern man will most probably be lost
without electricity.
Statements True False
29. The passage is about a kind of energy.
30. Electricity has a lot of uses.
31. Without electricity, our life will not be affected.
32. The appliances that are depended on electricity are endless.
II. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
33. When did he last talk to you?
=> How long ......................................................................................................................................................................................................

34. He doesn’t hurry, so he misses the train.


 If ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
35. Why don’t you meet to discuss the pay offer?
 I suggest ........................................................................................................................................................................................................

36. “Where is the station car-park?” Mrs. Smith asked.


 Mrs. Smith asked ...................................................................................................................................................................................

Điểm: …………………….. / 10
===================================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 044
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. humor B. hour C. highland D. hand
2. A. pesticide B. prevent C. reduce D. reuse
3. A. flow B. row C. know D. now
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. Tomorrow we’ll go to Noi Bai Airport to meet David, ________ comes from England.
A. whom B. who C. which D. that
5. I ________ telephone her if I knew her number.
A. will B. may C. would D. have to
6. He loves his parents very much and wants them to be ________.
A. happy B. happily C. happiness. D. happiest
7. Thuy's grandmother turned the television _________ to see the weather forecast.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 103
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. off B. up C. on D. down
8. In 1995, a huge earthquake ________the city of Kobe in Japan.
A. struck B. strikes C. was struck D. striking.
9. They are discussing about The Fruit Festival that is going to ________ this month.
A. hold B. held C. be hold D. be held
10. There will ________ a shortage of electricity.
A. be B. have C. got D. get
11. He told me he ______ to leave the city the following day.
A. will have B. would have C. has D. had
12. This test must be done______?
A. care B. careful C. carefully D. careless
13. We wish you______ here with us now.
A. be B. were C. are D. would be
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. My younger brother failed his physics test. However, he has to do the test again.
A B C D
15. Your children go to school in the morning, didn’t they?
A B C D
16. I enjoy playing badminton, volleyball, but table tennis.
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.
The UFO is a strange flying object in the sky. Some people (17) ________ it and believed it to be
spacecraft from another planet. Franklin Robert was a commercial airline (18) ________ with
more than 21,000 hours of flying time. (19) ________ his great experience, he could not explain
something that happened (20) ________ him in the summer of 1981. As he was flying over Lake
Michigan, an object appeared in the space. He was (21) ________ at its existence. Whatever it
was, it flew through the sky (22) ________ of his plane and then turned across his path before
finally (23) ________ into the sky. Franklin Robert hopes he will see the UFO again and (24)
________ it to everyone.
17. A. had seen B. see C. saw D. have seen
18. A. spaceship B. pilot C. examiner D. viewer
19. A. In spite of B. Although C. Because D. Instead of
20. A. with B. for C. to D. about
21. A. amazing B. excited C. frightened D. surprised
22. A. because B. ahead C. instead D. afraid
23. A. lifting B. appearing C. disappearing D. landing
24. A. give B. tell C. bring D. show

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 104
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
25. How _____________ of you to break that cup! (CARE)
26. This film is very _____________. We like to see it. (INTEREST)
27. The advantage of living in the countryside is that the air is ____________. (POLLUTE)
28. My opinion is that ghosts are____________. There are no ghosts in this world. (EXIST)
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
Forty-five people were made homeless in a fire that destroyed a row of shop-houses in
Radford Road yesterday. The damage was estimated at $150,000. Police said nobody was injured
during the fire which lasted two and a half hours. Three shops and a house were destroyed by the
fire. The fire started at about 11.50 a.m. at the back of the bakery shop. Within fifteen minutes the
shops on either side of the bakery were on fire as well as a house at the back of the row of shops.
Three fire engines rushed to the fire and huge crowds soon arrived to watch. Mr. Jacob Isaacs, 29,
said, “I left home at 10 a.m. and when I returned I was shocked to see my house on fire.” Another
victim of the fire, Miss Elaine Ferrell, 49, said, “I went out for a cup of tea and returned to see my
house on fire. The fire was too long and we could not save anything. All we could do was to stand
and watch.”
Statements True
False
29. Three stores and a house were destroyed by the fire ______
______
30. The fire started at the kitchen of the bakery shop. ______
______
31. Few people arrived at the fire to watch. ______
______
32. The owners of the house could save many things in the houses when she saw the fire.
______
______
II. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
33. The book is very exciting. I bought it at a bookstore yesterday.
=> The book which .......................................................................................................................................................................................
34. They use computers to design new models
=> Computers are .........................................................................................................................................................................................
35. How about raising money for the poor in the neighborhood.
=> Let’s ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 105
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
36. She was very tired, so she didn’t go to work today.
=> Because .........................................................................................................................................................................................................

Điểm: …………………….. / 10
===================================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 045
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. easy B. seat C. learn D. eat
2. A. phoned B. called C. cooked D. climbed
3. A. this B. thick C. math D. thin
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. Paris is _______ than Hanoi.
A. big B. bigger C. more bigger D. biger
5. She practices _______ English with her friends everyday.
A. speak B. to speak C. speaking D. spoke
6. Lan wishes she _______ stay with Maryam longer.
A. can B. may C. will D. could
7. If you had time, I _______ to the beach with you this weekend.
A. will go B. would go C. go D. can go
8. When I came to visit her last night, she _______ a bath.
A. was having B. is having C. has D. had
9. Don’t waste your time_______ that broken vase.
A. for mending B. mend C. to mend D. mending
10. My uncle _______ you met yesterday is a lawyer.
A. what B. whose C. whom D. which
11. She failed the test _______ she studied hard.
A. as B. despite C. although D. in spite of
12. We are interested _______ folk music.
A. in B. at C. with D. of
13. She used _______ a lot this week.
A. work B. to work C. working D. to working
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. He couldn’t sleep, so he turned off the TV to watch some programs
A B C D
15. Many of my students enjoy to surf the web in their free time
A B C D

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 106
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
21. I saw the men, the women and the cattle which went to the field.
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.
We don’t only choose clothes to make us look (17) _____ we also use them to tell the
world (18) ______ our personality. The clothes we wear and our (19) ______ as a whole give other
people useful information about what we think and (20) ______ we feel. If we feel cheerful, we
usually wear (21) ______ clothes and if we feel (22) ______ we sometimes put on dark clothes.
But why do teenagers wear black so (23) ______? Is it because they feel miserable all (24) ______?
This is unlikely to be the case. It is probably just because it is fashionable to wear black and young
people they are real fans of fashion.
17. A. attract B. attractive C. attractively D. attraction
18. A. of B. with C. by D. about
19. A. friendship B. appearance C. appear D. appearing
20. A. which B. what C. how D. when
21. A. colorful B. colors C. colorfully D. colorless
22. A. depress B. depressed C. depressing D. depression
23. A. frequent B. frequency C. frequently D. frequenty
24. A. the time B. the day C. the week D. the month
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
25. She smiles so _____________, doesn’t she? (ATTRACT)
26. Red _____________communist counties. (SYMBOL)
27. They were happy because their work was finished _____________. (SUCCESS)
28. The keys were locked inside the car. _____________, a side window was open. (LUCK)
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
If you live in an earthquake zone, you should take some time to look around your house.
Place heavy books on the bottom shelves. Block the rollers on the fridge and washing machine to
prevent them from moving. Put hanging potted plants in plastic containers. Check the mirrors in
your bathroom and bedroom. Make sure they can’t move. Don’t put your bed next to a window.
Planning where you are going to be during an earthquake is very important. The first thing to
remember is to stay inside. Then you should sit under a strong table or doorway, or stand in the
corner of a room.
Statements T F
29. You should place heavy books on the bottom shelf of your bookshelves.
30. Place the rollers on the fridge and washing machine.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 107
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
31. Break the mirrors in your bathroom and bedroom.
32. Put your bed a distance from a window.
III. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
33. Unless he phones her immediately, he won’t get information.
=> If ............................................................................................................................................
34. People are talking about him everywhere.
=> He .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................

35. Why don’t we travel to school by bus to save energy?


=> How about ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
36. She asked me “Where will I go next weekend?”
=> She asked me ............................................................................................................................................................................................
Điểm: …………………….. / 10
===================================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 046
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. proud B. about C. around D. would
2. A. health B. appear C. ready D. heavy
3. A. though B. throw C. through D. thought
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. I can’t understand the French visitors. I wish I________French.
A. knew B. will know C. know D. have known
5. They ________a new school in my hometown.
A. is being built B. was being built C. are building D. was built
6. ________I was really tired, I couldn’t sleep.
A. Even though B. So C. Therefore D. Because of
7. She asked me if I________a laptop computer the previous day.
A. bought B. will buy C. had bought D. would buy
8. We have live in Binh Pbuoc province ________1980.
A. for B. since C. in D. during
9. If he________soon, he might miss the train.
A. isn’t coming B. doesn’t come C. won’t come D. didn’t come
10. Mr. Long said that he had been to Ho Chi Minh City _______.
A. that day B. that night C. the day before D. the following day
11. Your sister works in a foreign company, ________she?
A.isn’t B. didn’t C.wasn’t D. doesn’t

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 108
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12. Would you like green tea _______ milk tea?
A. or B. and C. but D. so
13. Mrs. Ha is worried _______ her recent water bill. It’s enormous.
A. about B. for C. on D. with
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. The picture was painting by Michael last year.
A B C D
15. Mr. Smith is going to buy a new Japanese car, doesn’t he?
A B C D
16. I met a lot of interesting people while I was studying at Ho Chi Minh City.
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.
Today, supermarkets are (17) _______ in almost every large city in the world. But the first
supermarket (18)________opened only fifty years ago. It was opened (19) _______ New York by a
man named Michael Cullen.
A supermarket is different (20)_________other types of stores in several ways. In
supermarkets, goods are placed on open shelves. The (21)_______ choose what they want and
take them to the checkout counter. This means that fewer shop assistants are needed than in
other stores. The way products are displayed is another difference between supermarkets and
many other types of stores; (22)__________ example, in supermarkets, there is usually a display
of small inexpensive items just in front of the checkout counter: candies, chocolates, magazines,
cheap foods and so on.
Most customers (23)__________go to a supermarket buy goods from a shopping list. They
know exactly what they need to buy. They (24) _______ according to a plan.
17. A. find B. found C. finding D. find
18. A. is B. has been C. was D. were
19. A. at B. for C. from D. in
20. A. in B. from C. of D. with
21. A. customers B. managers C. assistants D. sellers
22. A. in B. for C. of D. by
23. A. who B. what C. which D. whom
24. A. make the shopping B. do the shopping
C. get a shopping D. give a shopping
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
25. They are old enough to be ______________ of their parents. (DEPENDENT)

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 109
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
26. Uniform makes students ______________ of their school. (PRIDE)
27. Aodai is not usually worn at work because it is ______________.(CONVENIENT)
28. Most ______________ are written in English. (INSTRUCT)
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
Ha Long Bay is popular with both Vietnamese and international tourists. One of the
attractions of Ha Long is the Bay’s calm water with Limestone Mountains. The Bay’s water is clear
during the spring and early summer. Upon arriving in Ha Long City, visitors can go along Chay
Beach. From the beach, they can hire a boat and go out to the Bay. It is here that the visitors can
find some of Southeast Asia’s most beautiful sites. Dau go Cave is one of the most beautiful caves
at Ha Long.
Statements True False
29. Ha Long Bay is popular with only Vietnamese.
30. There aren’t any limestone mountains in Ha Long Bay.
31. Chay Beach is in Ha Long Bay.
32. Dau Go Cave is one of the most beautiful caves at Ha Long Bay.
III. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
33. The furniture was so expensive that I didn’t buy it.
=> The furniture was too ...........................................................................................................
34. The garage is going to repair the car for us next week.
=> We are going .............................................................................................................................................................................................
35. Why don’t we travel by mini bus?
=> I suggest ........................................................................................................................................................................................................

36. Could you turn the radio down, please?


=> Would you mind .....................................................................................................................................................................................
Điểm: …………………….. / 10
===================================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 047
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. nation B. vase C. nature D. grade
2. A. potatoes B. goes C. tomatoes D. diseases
3. A. choose B. child C. change D. chemistry
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. Will you please stop _______TV channels?

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 110
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. to change B. change C. be changed D. changing
5. She wishes she ______ a millionaire now.
A. be B. is C. were D. has been
6. Hoa and Ba love ______ movies on the weekends.
A. watch B. watches C. watching D. watched
7. Neil Armstrong, ______ first walked on the moon, lived in the USA.
A. whom B. which C. who D. that
8. A tropical storm, which ______120 kilometers per hour, is called a cyclone in Australia.
A. reaches B. shines C. strikes D. behaves
9. Quinhon will be sunny tomorrow and the temperature will be __________ 250C and 300 C.
A. between B. about C. from D. both
10. When a tropical storm reaches 120 km per hour, it is called _____ in North and South America.
A. typhoon B. hurricane C. tornado D. volcano
11. The teacher suggests that we _______ harder on our English pronunciation.
A. works B. working C. should work D. worked
12. Don’t _______. We have to keep our school yard tidy and clean.
A. litter B. put trash C. waste D. reduce garbage
13. Mrs. Ha got a _______ to check all the water pipes in the house.
A. plumber B. mechanic C. worker D. driver
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. Our manager suggested that she should works overtime this week .
A B C D
15. Nam is taller student in his class.
A B C D
16. They suggested ban the sale of alcohol at football matches.
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.
English is a very useful language. If we (17) ______ English, we can go to any countries we
like. We will not find it hard to make people understand (18) ______ we want to say. English also
helps us to learn all kinds of (19) ______ Hundreds of books are (20) ______ in English everyday in
(21) ______ countries. English has also helped to spread ideas and knowledge (22) ______ all
corners of the world. Therefore, the English language has helped to spread better (23) ______and
(24) ______ among countries of the world.
17. A. know B. read C. write D. say
18. A. where B. how C. what D. when
19. A. object B. subjects C. math D. English
20. A. read B. told C. said D. written

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 111
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
21. A. few B. many C. a little D. any
22. A. in B. for C. at D. to
23. A. understanding B. master C. grasps D. growing
24. A. friend B. friendship C. friendly D. friendless
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
1. The sky is very _____________. It’s going to rain. (Cloud)
2. ________________are interested in the protection of the environment. (Conserve)
3. Aodai is always __________________. (Fashion)
4. They had an ________________ day by the river(Enjoy)
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
Almost a hundred thousand people were killed and half a million homes burnt to the
ground because of an earthquake in Tokyo in 1923. The earthquake began at twelve when the
inhabitants of Tokyo were cooking their midday meals. All the food and stoves fell onto the
ground as soon as the earth began to shake. For this reason, small fires occurred and quickly
spread. The fires trucks came to help 10 minutes late because many of the street were too
crowded then. As a result, more people were killed in the fires than by the collapse of buildings.
Statements True false
5. Half a million homes were completely destroyed.
6. The earthquake struck the city of Tokyo at noon.
7. The fire trucks arrived soon enough to fight the fires.
8. The collapse of buildings killed one hundred thousand people.
II. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
9. Mary walks to the park everyday.
=> Mary is used to .....................................................................................................................
10. My parents let me play computer games yesterday evening.
=> I was ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................
11. They regret telling him the story.
=> They wish .....................................................................................................................................................................................................

12. I cannot take a photo of us because I can’t find my camera.


=> If I ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Điểm: …………………….. / 10
===================================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 048
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 112
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. set B. head C. heat D. dead
2. A. machine B. inspiration C. exchange D. champagne
3. A. pleased B. erased C. increased D. amused
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. They are still playing on the field ________ it is raining heavily.
A. though B. because C. but D. despite
5. Study harder ________.
A. if you will pass the exam B. and you will pass the exam
C. unless you pass the exam D. or you will pass the exam
6. The girl wishes she _________ in Nha Trang for the festival next week.
A. will stay B. could stay C. is staying D. can stay
7. On the way to school, Long often stops ________ a newspaper.
A. to buy B. buy C. buying D. bought
8. Cong Vinh seems to be well-qualified_______ the latest position.
A. in B. by C. for D. of
9. He read his article on the website last night, _______ ?
A. doesn’t he B. didn’t he C. did he D. hasn’t he
10. Are all the students used _______ their summer vacation in the countryside?
A. to spend B. spend C. to spending D. spending
11. Passover _______ in Israel and by all Jewish people.
A. is hold B. is celebrating C. celebrates D. is celebrated
12. “When will Mr. Ba retire ? He began_______ for the company thirty years ago.”
A. to be worked B. to working C. will work D. to work
13. If Ba were rich, he _______ around the world.
A. should travel B. traveled C. could travel D. must travel
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. You’re tired as you got up too late to watch TV last night.
A B C D
15. The Internet is a very fast and convenient way for us to get a lot of informations.
A B C D
16. The bus is such an inexpensive means of transport that people take them very often.
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 113
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mr. Brown and some (17) _______ conservationists are on a very dirty beach now. Today
they are ready to make the beach a clean and beautiful place again. After listening to Mr. Brown’s
instructions, they are divided (18) _______ three groups. Group 1 needs to walk along the shore.
Group 2 should check the sand, (19) _______ group 3 has to check among the rocks. Garbage must
be put into plastic bags, and the bags will be (20) _______ by Mr. Jones. He will take the bags to
the garbage (21) _______. Each member will be given a map to find the right place. They won’t eat
the picnic lunch (22) _______ by Mrs. Smith until the whole area is clean. (23) _______ are eager
to work hard so as to refresh this (24) _______ area.
17. A. voluntary B. volunteers C. volunteering D. volunteer
18. A. in B. to C. into D. onto
19. A. or B. and C. because D. though
20. A. selected B. chosen C. collected D. elected
21. A. dump B. yard C. area D. place
22. A. happened B. provided C. achieved D. shown
23. A. Them all B. They all C. All them D. All they
24. A. spoiling B. spoil C. spoiled D. spoils
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
25. The Internet has helped students study more ______________. (EFFECT)
26. We are ______________that our environment is more and more polluted.
(DISAPPOINT)
27. We are trying to have a(n) ______________world. (POLLUTE)
28. I am thankful to my teacher who always gives me lots of _________ to better my knowledge.
COURAGE
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
Mrs. Lan : What’s the matter, Mrs. Linh ?
Mrs. Linh : I’ve just received my latest electricity bill. It’s so enormous.
Mrs. Lan : Let me see. It’s 350.000 VND. What an enormous bill it is !
Mrs. Linh : I paid 200.000 VND last month. I don’t know why it’s higher this month.
Mrs. Lan : Which counter is installed in your house ?
Mrs. Linh : The usual mechanical counter was replaced with an electronic counter at the
beginning of this month. It is said to run more exactly and be more convenient for
the power officials to record monthly electricity numbers.
Mrs. Lan : I don’t know what happens. The usual mechanical counter is still used in my house.
Why don’t you complain to the Power Department of Ho Chi Minh City about it ?
Mrs. Linh : Thanks for your advice. I am writing a complaint letter right now.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 114
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
True False
29. The bill Mrs. Linh received last month was lower than the latest one. ______
______
30. Mrs. Linh has spent 550.000 VND on electricity in the last two months. ______
______
31. Mrs. Lan insisted that the electrical counter is wrong. ______
______
32. Electricity numbers are recorded every month. ______
______
III. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.

33. Ba said, “Why don’t we travel to school by bus to save energy”


=> Ba suggested that ..................................................................................................................................................................................................
34. The last time she went out with him was 9 months ago.
=> It is .....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

35. There was too much snow for us to go out.


=> There was such .......................................................................................................................................................................................................

36. Miss Huong Tram is the best student in this class.


=> Nobody ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Điểm: …………………….. / 10
===================================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 049
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. silver B. police C. instance D. student
2. A. impress B. comic C. cotton D. baggy
3. A. subject B. symbol C. unique D. sweater
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. If we _______ wasting water, there will be a shortage of fresh water in a few decades.
A. go on B. turn off C. turn on D. look for
5. Nam got wet_______ he forgot his umbrella.
A. so B. because C. if D. though
6. My Aunt Judy is the woman ______ is holding Jack.
A. who B. whom C. which D. whose
7. The Aodai ______ of long silk tunic that is slit on the sides and worn over loose pants.
A. comprises B. makes C. composes D. consists

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 115
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8. Tom ______ write to me until last year. Now he send me e-mail.
A. is used to B. uses to C. used to D. gets used to
9. My friends spend hours ______ the Net every day. It is a waste of time.
A. traveling B. exploring C. working D. having
10. Let’s go swimming this afternoon, ______?
A. shall we B. will we C. let we D. let not we
11. We walk _______ half an hour to reach the waterfall.
A. with B. on C. at D. for
12. Mai _______ in Hanoi for five years now.
A. lived B. lives C. has lived D. is living
13. The problem is very difficult. It _______.
A. can’t solve B. couldn’t solve C. can’t be solve D. can’t be solved
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. Although Hoa was very hungry, but she didn’t eat much.
A B C D
15. Let’s turning off the TV. I want to read book.
A B C D
16. My sister studied hard, so she completed her exam successful.
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.
Jeans are very popular with young people all (17)______ the world. Some people say that
jeans are the “uniform” of (18) ______. But they haven’t been always popular. The story of jeans
started (19) ______two hundred years ago. People in Genoa, Italy, made pants. The cloth (20)
______in Genoa was called “jeanos”. The pants were called “jeans”. In 1850, a salesman (21)
______ California began selling pants made of canvas. His name was Levi Straus. (22) ______ they
was so strong , “ Levi’s pants” became (23) ______ with gold miners, farmers and cowboys. Six
years (24) ______, Levis began making his pants with blue cotton cloth called denim. Soon after,
factory workers in the United States and Europe began wearing jeans. Young people usually didn’t
wear them.
17. A. in B. on C. over D. above
18. A. youth B. young C. younger D. youngest
19. A. lots B. much C. most D. almost
20. A. make B. makes C. making D. made
21. A. in B. on C. at D. with
22. A. although B. but C. because D. so
23. A. famous B. popular C. good D. wonderful
24. A. late B. later C. latest D. last

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 116
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
25. Computer is one of the most important___________ of the 20th century (INVENT)
26. Ann asked me if I was ___________in learning English (INTEREST)
27. In order keep fit, we should do exercises___________. (REGULAR)
28. It is difficult to give a speech without ___________. (PREPARE)
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
In the first year of lower secondary school, Nam had some difficulties in learning English.
His pronunciation of English words was really bad and his English grammar was worse. He did not
know how to improve them. One afternoon after the lesson, his teacher of English told him to wait
for her outside the classroom. She took him to the school library and showed him cassettes of
pronunciation drills kept in a glass bookcase. She also told him how to use an English- English
dictionary to improve his English grammar. “Now I think you know what you should do,”said she.
He did not know that only one year later, he would win the first prize in the English speaking
contest.
Statements True False
29. At first, Nam was not good at English.
30. His pronunciation of English words is worse than his English grammar.
31. She took him to the bookshop to show him the cassettes and the dictionary.
32. She helped Nam to improve his English pronunciation and grammar by himself.
II. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
33. If you don’t study harder, you will surely fail the next exam.
=> Unless .....................................................................................................................................................................................................
34. They will open the National Stadium next Sunday.
=> The National Stadium ...............................................................................................................................................................

35. “Are you interested in learning English?” said Ann.


=> Ann asked me ..................................................................................................................................................................................
36. I was very amused, so I couldn’t stop laughing.
=> Because .................................................................................................................................................................................................
Điểm: …………………….. / 10
===================================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 050
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 117
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. A. exactly B. example C. exercise D. examination
2. A. change B. champion C. choose D. toothache
3. A. waited B. erased C. needed D. ended
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. ______there have been many changes in his life, he still remains a nice man to everyone.
A. However B. Despite C. Because D. Although
5. She complains noisily about anything______ she doesn’t like.
A. what B. that C. about which D. whose
6. You seem to be quite good ______ physics.
A. for B. about C. at D. to
7. Our house needs to be______.
A. painting B. paint C. painted D. paints
8. If you saw a UFO, what______ you do?
A. will B. would C. can D. did
9. – “Would you like a glass of green tea?”
A. No, let’s not. B. No, I don’t. C. No, thanks. D. No, I wouldn’t.
10. Mr Long often goes swimming______ Sunday morning.
A. in B. on C. until D. at
11. We’re good friends. We ______ each other since we were in primary school.
A. know B. have known C. have been known D. knew
12. We wish you______.
A. good luck B. congratulation C. happy D. enjoy yourself
13. The final match of World Cup 2014______ on June 30th.
A. will be occurred B. takes place C. happening D. is going
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. “Can you help me with my homework?” – “I wish I could but I couldn’t”.
A B C D
15. The new film has been attracted a lot of people all over the world.
A B C D
16. We want to spend our holiday in a villa by the sea and enjoying sea food.
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.
Every year many people in the world learn English. Some of them are young children. (17)
_______ are teenagers. Many are adults. Some learn at school, and some learn in evening classes.
A few learn English by (18) _______ or just by (19) _______ to the language on television or

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 118
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
among their friends. Most people must work hard to learn English. (20) _______ do all these
people want to learn English? It is difficult to answer that question.
Young children learn English at school to study better at their subject. Many adults learn
English because (21)______ of their useful for their work. Teenagers often learn English for their
(22) ______ studies, because some of their books are written (23) ______ English at college and
university. Other people learn English because they want to read English newspapers or magazines
for (24) ______ and entertainment.
17. A. The others B. Others C. Another D. Each other
18. A. them B. their C. themselves D. theirs
19. A. listening B. speaking C. talking D. hearing
20. A. What B. How C. Why D. Where
21. A. they are B. it is C. there is D. of being
22. A. taller B. higher C. better D. fuller
23. A. in B. at C. by D. with
24. A. equipment B. example C. transportation D. information
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
25. There are a lot of______________ at tourist attractions in Ho Chi Minh city. (SIGHTSEE)
26. He felt ______________ because he lost the match. (DISAPPOINT)
27. She drives ______________, so she has caused many accidents. (CARELESS)
28. Teachers now give more ______________ to their students in classroom activities. (FREE)
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
“My name if Phil. I’m from Canada. I’m living in a flat in HCM city, where I am taking a
Vietnamese course. It’s my first time abroad. I am sharing the flat with another student called Dev.
We have known each other for just some months, since we entered the class. Dev is from
Germany. We study in the same group. Dev had studied Vietnamese before he came here. So he
can speak a little Vietnamese. We go to class in the morning, so in the afternoon we have time to
work in groups. Dev helps me a lot not only in my study but also in my daily life. We often practise
speaking Vietnamese and do our homework together. Thanks to his help, I have made big progress
in speaking and listening as well. Last week we had a test and I did a really good job. Our papers
will be returned tomorrow. And I hope that we will get good marks. I’m very happy to have a
friend like Dev.”
True Flase
29. This is the first time Phil has been in a foreign country. _______ _______
30. Dev, Phil’s new friend, is Canadian. _______ _______
31. Phil can now speak better Vietnamese then Dev can. _______ _______

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 119
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
32. In Phil’s opinion, Dev is a helpful friend. _______ _______
III. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
33. The children are excited about going to the circus.
=> The children are .......................................................................................................................................................................................................

34. She talks too much in class.


=> I wish ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
35. When did you start learning English?
=> How long ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................

36. “Why don’t we elect Ha Long Bay as one of the World Wonders.”
=> The teacher suggested that ............................................................................................................................................................................
Điểm: …………………….. / 10
============================================

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 120
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

BỘ ĐỀ THI ĐỀ XUẤT CẤP TỈNH


NĂM HỌC 2018 – 2019
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ĐỀ THI SỐ 01
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. market B. depart C. card D. scare
2. A. entrance B. paddy C. bamboo D. banyan
3. A. problem B. love C. box D. hobby
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. The children have to come back before dark, ________?
A. haven’t they B. have they C. don’t they D. do they
5. If the product were not safe, we ________it.
A. don’t sell B. sold C. would not sell D. will sell
6. The people ________ live next door to us are very nice.
A. which B. who C. whom D. whose
7. “Are you doing anything on Friday?” “________”
A. I agree. B. No problem. C. Not really. D. Why not?
8. The new instructions are ________the old ones.
A. more difficult B. difficult as C. difficult than D. more difficult than
9. If you want to learn something, you had better pay ________ in class.
A. attention B. respect C. care D. notice
10. “Have you been in Tokyo long?” “________”
A. Yes, three years ago B. Yes, about three years
C. Yes, since three years D. Until the 30th of June
11. The restaurant is open on weekends, ________ not on holidays.
A. either B. but C. so D. or
12. Although he loved his country, ________ most of his life abroad.
A. he spent B. so he spent C. but spent D. but he spent
13. The man _______ is talking to Mrs. Lan is my father.
A. whom B. who C. which D. when
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. He is very kind, so everyone likes her so much.
A B C D

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 121
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15. In Europe, family members which live apart try to be together at Christmas.
A B C D
16. Kangaroos which come in Australia have long tails.
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.
(17) ________ the world’s energy resources have taken many millions of years to produce;
we are quickly beginning to (18) ________ these supplies. Recently a UN committee reported (19)
_______ the world’s oil and gas supplies would last about 100 years if used (20) _______. The
report stated that (21) ________ would be enough oil and gas for a century only if the present
demand could be controlled. If the demand continued to (22) ________, the report said that fuel
supplies would (23) ________ for less than forty years. According to the report, governments must
now take steps to control the amounts of fossil fuel (24) _______ are used.
17. A. Although B. Despite C. In spite of D. Due to
18. A. end B. exhaust C. finish D. destroy
19. A. when B. which C. what D. that
20. A. care B. carefully C. careless D. careful
21. A. it B. this C. they D. there
22. A. grow B. decrease C. reduce D. enlarge
23. A. long B. tow C. last D. widen
24. A. who B. which C. whom D. where
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
1. Food and clothing are ______________ of life. (NECESSARY)
2. She can find no ______________ to her financial troubles. (SOLVE)
3. All ______________ to Washington are delayed because of the bad weather. (FLY)
4. The ______________ of their house left them no place to live. (DESTROY)
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
Brazil, the largest country in South America and the fifth largest country in the world, is
located in the eastern half of South American. The people of Brazil are famous for their outgoing,
friendly and fun-loving nature. Brazilian women are considered to be among the best dressed in
the world.
Brazil is a federal republic with 23 states. The capital city is Brasilia. Portuguese is the
official language and it is spoken with a distinct Brazilian accent. Brazil has a population of over
138 million, which is made up of people of many different races and ethnic groups.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 122
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A number of industrial products are produced in Brazil, including cars, chemicals, ships,
machines and military weapons. Mining is also an important industry. Agriculture is another
important industry. Many crops are exported including coffee (Brazil is the largest coffee grower in
the world), cotton, soybeans, sugar, cocoa, rice, corn and fruit.
Statements True False
5. Brazil is the biggest country in South American.
6. Brazilian people are well-known for their friendliness.
7. The official languages in Brazil are Spanish and English.
8. The most significant agricultural products in Brazil is tea.
II. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
9. The man is my father. He is sitting beside my mother. (Combine the sentences, using a suitable
relative pronoun)
=> The man who ............................................................................................................................................................................................

10. He has done all the exercises in that book. (Change the sentence into the passive voice)
=> All the exercises ......................................................................................................................................................................................
11. They had reviewed the lessons carefully, so they did the test very well. (Rewrite sentence
using because)
=> Because .........................................................................................................................................................................................................

12. He asked me: “Do you want me to go with you?” (Change the sentence into reported speech)
=> He asked me ..............................................................................................................................................................................................

Điểm …………….. /10


===================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 02
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. chat B. sad C. state D. map
2. A. involved B. decided C. explained D. swallowed
3. A. machine B. cheap C. teacher D. child
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. All members in her family are aware of saving _______.
A. energize B. energetic C. energy D. energetically
5. Mrs. Hoa is a Buddhist. She goes to ________ to pray.
A. church B. pagoda C. temple D. mosque
6. Last night, we ________ our children to the biggest zoo in town.
A. took B. brought C. got D. carried
7. He finished his exercises on time.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 123
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. His exercises were finish on time B. His exercises were finished on time
C. His exercises are finished on time D. His exercises was finished on time
8. This test must be done ________.
A. care B. careful C. carefully D. none is correct
9. I just had to take the dog out ________ of the awful weather.
A. although B. despite C. even though D. in spite
10. Going swimming in the summer is very interesting, ________it?
A. is B. isn’t C. are D. aren’t
11. They enjoyed ________ football after school.
A. to play B. playing C. played D. play
12. Jeans ________ all over the world.
A. sell B. sold C. is sold D. are sold
13. They have lived in Ho Chi Minh City ________ three years.
A. to B. at C. in D. for
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. The village which he was born is in the southwest of England.
A B C D
15. People drive fastly. That’s why there are so many accidents.
A B C D
16. He’s late for work everyday. I wish he will get up early.
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.
LEARNING A LANGUAGE
Speech is one of the most important (17) ______ of communicating. It consists of far more
than just making noises. To talk and also to be understood by other people, we have to speak a
language, that is, we have to use combinations of (18) ______ that everyone agrees stand for a
particular object or idea. Communication would be impossible if everyone made up their own
language.
Learning a language properly is very (19) ______. The basic (20) ______of English is not very
large, and only about 2000 words are needed to speak it quite (21) ______ But the more words
you know, the more ideas you can (22) ______ and the more precise you can be about their exact
meaning.
Words are the (23) ______ thing we use in communicating what we want to say. The way we
(24) ______ the words is also very important. Our tone of voice can express many emotions and
shows whether we are pleased of angry, for instance.
17. A. reasons B. ways C. rules D. tests
18. A. talks B. languages C. systems D. sounds

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 124
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
19. A. important B. expensive C. simple D. easy
20. A. word B. vocabulary C. grammar D. structure
21. A. good B. fluent C. well D. perfect
22. A. grow B. need C. pass D. express
23. A. most B. main C. certain D. full
24. A. send B. talk C. say D. pass
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
1. Ba Na is a famous _______________ resort. (Mountain)
2. Look at the _______________. Rain Bi looks handsome. (Advertise)
3. Our ______________ are friendly to visitors. (Village)
4. At the ___________________ to the village, we saw the accident. (Enter)
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
I lived in the Middle East for a while, and when I went out, I had to obey the local custom of
wearing something over my head and wearing a dress that covered my whole body. At first, I
found it a real nuisance, but after a while, I got used to it and even started to like it. You feel really
secure, and also you don't have to worry about what to wear all the time.
Statements True False
5. The writer lives in the Middle East now.
6. She was very annoyed at the costume.
7. She felt confident and safe when she wore the costume.
8. She didn’t have to think of what to wear every day.
III. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
9. My friend Tom can compose songs. Tom sings Western folk songs very well.
=> My friend Tom who ...............................................................................................................
10. We can’t drive our car because of the heavy fog.
=> The heavy fog.........................................................................................................................
11. It is said that he is a secret agent.
=> He is .......................................................................................................................................
12. He is sorry that he didn’t go to the party yesterday
=> He wishes...............................................................................................................................
Điểm …………….. /10
===================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 03
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 125
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. mechanic B. machine C. character D. chemical
2. A. needed B. planted C. decided D. stayed
3. A. think B. thank C. then D. tooth
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. Don't disturb me. I've got ________ work to do.
A. a lot B. a great deal C. many D. much
5. We avoid ________ our environment.
A. polluted B. polluting C. to pollute D. pollute
6. They often go to ________ to pray because their religion is Islam.
A. mosque B. temple C. shrine D. church
7. "Where are you going?" he asked her.
A. He asked her where she is going. B. He asked her where you were going.
C. He asked her where was she going D. He asked her where she was going.
8. The meeting is cancelled ________Mr. Tan’s plane was late.
A. while B. because C. although D. with
9. The meeting will be held ________Thursday.
A. for B. of C. on D. in
10. Please ________me any time if you need help.
A. will call B. calls C. call D. calling
11. They are very ________and have no time for a hobby.
A. busy B. hurried C. full D. hard
12. I think you’d rather ________ to the mountains for your holiday.
A. have gone B. go C. going D. to go
13. We don't allow passengers ________in this part of the building.
A. smoke B. to smoke C. smoking D. smoked
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. This chair, that has been broken for weeks, must be repaired.
A B C D
15. I will come and stay with you and your family on October.
A B C D
16. You must to stop when the traffic lights are red.
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 126
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
These days it is impossible to open the newspaper (17) _______ reading about the damage
we are doing to the environment. The earth is being threatened (18) _______ the future looks
bad. (19)_______ can each of us do?
We cannot clean (20) _______ our polluted rivers and seas overnight. Nor can we stop the
(21) _______ of plants and animals. But we can stop adding to the problem (22) _______ scientists
look for answers.
It may not be easy to change your lifestyle completely but some steps are easy to take cut
down the amount of driving you do, or use as little plastic as possible. It is also easy to save (23)
_______ which also (24) _______ household bills. We must all make a personal decision to work
for the future of our planet if we want to ensure a better world for our grandchildren.

17. A. with B. without C. and D. but


18. A. and B. however C. so D. moreover
19. A. Where B. When C. Why D. What
20. A. up B. to C. on D. in
21. A .appear B. appearance C. disappear D. disappearance
22. A. when B. during C. while D. within
23. A. water B. energy C. money D. health
24. A. adds B. decreases C. reduces D. supplies
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
1. It was an ____________ day. (ENJOY)
2. Thanks to television, people can get the latest ____________ around the world quickly.
(INFORM)
3. The Internet has ____________ developed and became part of our daily life. (INCREASE)
4. Because of his ____________ driving, she caused an accident. (CARE)
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
There are great round holes on the moon. They look like big lakes. They are called craters.
There are more than 30,000 craters on the moon. There are also high mountains. The highest
mountains on the moon are about 26, 000 feet or 8,000 meters high.
And here is something very interesting to know: on the moon you weigh one sixth of what
you weigh on earth. If you weigh 50 kilos, on the moon you will weigh only a little more than 8
kilos. You will be able to jump very high, even higher than an Olympic Champion. You can take
very long steps as well. And…Maybe you won’t sleep very well because one day on the moon lasts
for two weeks.
Statements True False

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 127
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. The great round holes on the moon look like big lakes.
6. The highest mountains on the moon are about eight thousand meters high.
7. You can’t jump high on the moon because you are heavy.
8. The day on the moon lasts for fourteen days.
II. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
9. We got wet in the rain; we forgot to bring along our raincoats. (Join two sentences into one using
because)
=> Because ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
10. The woman is my mother. She is talking to Ms Thao. (Combine sentences using relative
pronoun)
=> The woman .................................................................................................................................................................................................................
11. The children are interested in watching cartoons on TV. (Rewrite sentence, keep meaning as the
root one)
=> The children love ...................................................................................................................................................................................................

12. This boy can swim very well. (Rewrite sentence, keep meaning as the root one)
=> This boy is ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Điểm …………….. /10


===================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 04
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. count B. amount C. mountain D. course
2. A. tapes B. cakes C. chores D. dates
3. A. although B. width C. thump D. thank
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. He is very lonely. He doesn’t have_______ friends.
A. few B. many C. much D. some
5. Susan has been learning the piano _______ two years.
A. for B. from C. since D. during
6. The Nile is _______river in the world.
A. long B. longer C. the longest D. the lengthy
7. The old man ______you wanted to see was away on holiday yesterday.
A. who B. whom C. whose D. which
8. Charlie said, "I'm thinking of going to live in Canada".
A. Charlie said that I was thinking of going to live in Canada.
B. Charlie said that I am thinking of going to live in Canada.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 128
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Charlie said that he was thinking of going to live in Canada.
D. Charlie said that he is thinking of going to live in Canada.
9. I don’t like using the Internet because it has some ______
A. benefits B. advantages C. limitations D. disadvantages
10. The next stage of the ______of television is interactive TV.
A. revolution B. resolution C. development D. invention
11. Mary suggested that they______ together.
A. should go B. goes C. went D. will go
12. If we plant more trees along the streets, we ______ the amount of pollution in the
atmosphere.
A. reduce B. reduced C. will reduce D. would reduce
13. They were______ that he refused to help them.
A. surprising B. surprised C. surprisingly D. surprise
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. The taxi driver told me that he will take me to the hotel.
A B C D
15. I wish I didn’t go there for my holiday last year. I didn’t enjoy it.
A B C D
16. Helen was proud for finishing the work in such a short time.
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.
Garbage is a (17) _______ problem in the United States. Every year, Americans produce
about 308 billion pounds. A lot of the garbage goes (18) _______the landfills. But many landfills do
not have room (29) ______all the garbage. One (20) ______to the garbage problem is recycling.
Half of all the garbage in the U.S can be (21) ______and reused. Recycling helps the landfills
problem and (22) ______enough energy too. When people recycling newspapers, they save (23)
______when they recycling glass, plastic, or cans. They save oil and electricity. Recycling is good
for (24) _______.
17. A. difficultly B. dangerously C. pleased D. serious
18. A. at B. in C. into D. to
19. A. to B. for C. from D. in
20. A. talk B. tell C. answer D. ask
21. A. reused B. recycled C. product D. reduced
22. A. save B. saving C. to save D. saves
23. A. water B. paper C. electricity D. trees
24. A. everything B. nobody C. something D. someone.
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 129
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
1. She was ___________ pleased that she passed the exam (Extreme)
2. I want to see the ____________ of environment from the local authority (Protect)
3. I’m very _______________ because they use electricity to catch fish (Worry)
4. If we go on littering, the environment will become ______________ polluted (Serious)
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
It was the first time Jim went to HCM city with his parents. When the plane landed at Tan
San Nhat airport, the day was fine. There was s bright sun, and the sky was cloudless and blue. It is
said that HCM city is the city of sunshine.
They took a taxi to the Rex Hotel, a very big hotel in the city center. After checking in, they
went upstairs to their room on the fifth floor. Jim was happy to see the sight of the city. Through
the window of the bedroom, he could see the beautiful picture of the city. It was marvelous to see
the city sparkling in colorful light at night.
Jim visited many of the places of interest such as Nha Rong Harbor, Dam Sen Park, Suoi
Tien and Saigon Water Park. HCM city is famous for shopping malls. Jim bought a lot of souvenirs
for his friends at Saigon Tourist Centre. The next evening, the whole family walked along the
streets, then came into a well-known vegetarian restaurant to enjoy delicious food. It was really
wonderful.
Statements True False
5. He went to Ho Chi Minh City by air.
6. Their room was on the sixth floor.
7. Jim visited many places and bought a lot of souvenirs.
8. This is the first time he has gone to HCM City.
III. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
9. I lived in Germany when I was a child.
=> I used .....................................................................................................................................
10. I began learning Chinese two years ago.
=> I have .....................................................................................................................................
11. The police have just released John.
=> John .......................................................................................................................................
12. We spent two hours getting to London.
=> It took ....................................................................................................................................
Điểm …………….. /10
===================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 05

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 130
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. aunt B. far C. party D. want
2. A. complain B. lake C. save D. sample
3. A. gemstone B. measure C. television D. pleasure
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. He’s not really interested in _______ on the farm.
A. to work B. work C. working D. worked
5. Could you_______ me how to use this mobile phone?
A. was doing B. show C. explain D. give
6. When you phoned me, I _______ my homework.
A. was doing B. did C. am doing D. have done
7. The air is polluted _______ there is too much traffic.
A. because B. therefore C. however D. but
8. Can you help me find the man _______ saved the girl?
A. which B. who C. whom D. whose
9. Lan didn’t come to the party because she had to look _______ her youngest brother.
A. at B. for C. forward D. after
10. We felt _______ when the New Year’s Eve was coming near.
A. excitement B. excited C. excitedly D. exciting
11. Tet is a festival_______ occurs in late January or early February.
A. What B. which C. when D. where
12. The children have to come back before dark, _______?
A. haven’t they B. do they C. don’t they D. have they
13. They enjoy _______ computer games.
A. play B. to play C. played D. playing
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.

14. They told us that they enjoyed to listen to Pop music in their free time.
A B C D
15. I used to stayed on a farm with my grandparents when I was a child.
A B C D
16. I suggested that you taking his advice to treat your cough.
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 131
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Director
L & P Transport Company
79B Nguyen Hue Boulevard
Ho Chi Minh City
I’m writing about the short stop that your trucks (17) ______ around my house on their
way to the north. When the trucks of your company have a short (18) ______ there, the drivers
have left lots of garbage on the ground (19) _______ their refreshment. When the trucks leave the
place, the ground is (20) _________ of trash and a few minutes later there is bad smell and flies all
over the place. I myself, (21) ______ the people living around here, would urge that your company
should tell your drivers (22) _______ up all the trash on the ground before leaving. (23) _________
you do something about it and soon, we will have to report this to the local authority.
I am looking forward to hearing from you and (24) ______ positive response from your
company.
17. A. produce B. do C. take D. make
18. A. break B. relax C. advertise D. entertain
19. A. after B. before C. between D. with
20. A. crowded B. filled C. fond D. full
21. A. as long as B. as far as C. as soon as D. as well as
22. A. clean B. cleaning C. to clean D. cleaned
23. A. Although B. If C. Because D. Unless
24. A. see B. to see C. seeing D. saw
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
1. We all looked ___________ after the summer holidays. (HEALTH)
2. I find that this magazine is very ____________. (INFORM)
3. In recent years, there has been many ________________ in science. (DEVELOP)
4. The plane arrived ___________ after a violent storm. (SAFE)
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
John Brown is a lecturer. He went to university in 1982, and was one of the best students at
that time. In 1990, he became a professor. He has been a senior lecturer since then. He is very
well-known in his teaching career. He has written five books about education, including a book
“How to teach deaf children” in 1995. He has been to Thailand, the Philippines, and Vietnam to
give lectures dealing with “disabled students and integrated education”. He was married to his
assistant, Linda. They have two children. In the 1990s, they lived in the suburbs of London. They
are now living in the center of the city. In fact, they have lived there since 2000.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 132
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Statements True False
5. When Mr. John Brown went to university, he was the best student.
6. He has written five books about entertainment.
7. They are now living in the suburbs of London.
8. He got married to one of his best students.
II. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
9. Lan is taller than me.
=> I am not ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................
10. I don’t have a computer.
=> I wish .................................................................................................................................................................................................................
11. She said “we must leave here for Hanoi tomorrow.”
=> She said ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................
12. I am tired, so I can’t continue to learn.
=> If ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Điểm …………….. /10
===================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 06
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. teach B. meet C. head D. seat
2. A. missed B. lived C. arrived D. rained
3. A. ache B. chemist C. Christmas D. approach
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. I'd like _______ somewhere different for a change.
A. to go B. going C. go D. to have gone
5. The men and animals __________ you saw on TV last night are in Africa.
A. who B. that C. which D. none is correct
6. One of the most important __________ for Vietnamese people is Tet.
A. celebrated B. celebrations C. celebrating D. celebrat
7. Lan can’t go to the movie with us tonight because she has to _______ her little sister.
A. look up B. look after C. look out D. look for
8. She cleaned the house _______ cooked dinner before her parents came home.
A. but B. or C. and D. so
9. –“What are you looking _______?” –“My picture book. I’ve lost it”
A. for B. on B. at D. after
10. We were very _______ that you won’t the first prize.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 133
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. amazed B. amaze C. amazement D. amazing
11. Hurry up! Don’t walk ______otherwise we’ll be late for class.
A. slow B. slowly C. heavy D. tired
12. Peter will be here soon, ________?
A. will he B. won’t he C. is he D. isn’t he
13. “I have something to show you now,” he said to me.
A. He told me that he has something to show me then.
B. He told me that he had something to show you then.
C. He told me that he had something to show you now.
D. He told me that he had something to show me then.
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. The country who won the 1998 Tiger Cup is Singapore.
A B C D
15. She lives happy although she is very poor.
A B C D
16. There is too much traffic because the air is polluted.
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.
We are all destroying the earth. The sea and the rivers are too dirty to swim. There is so
(17) _______ smoke in the air that it is unhealthy to live in many of the world’s cities. In one well-
known city, for example, gases from cars (18) _______ the air so much that the policemen have to
wear oxygen masks.
We have cut down so many (19) _______ that there are now vast areas of wasteland (20)
_______ over the world. As a result, farmers in parts of Africa can’t (21) _______enough to eat. In
certain countries in Asia, there is so little rice. Moreover, we do not take enough (22) _______of
the countryside. Wild (23) _______ in India now (24) _______ because we have killed too many for
them to survive.
17. A. a little B. much C. many D. a few
18. A. pollute B. pollution C. polluted D. unpolluted
19. A. forests B. plants C. trees D. wood
20. A. through out B. on C. of D. all
21. A. grow B. work C. take D. supply
22. A. careless B. care C. worry D. tired
23. A. tigers B. animals C. animal D. cattle.
24. A. rare B. never C. rarely D. sometime
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 134
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
1. He drives his car _____________ and he often has accident. (Careless)
2. It was _____________ last night. (Rain)
3. Paris is _____________ for the Eiffel tower. (Fame)
4. They seem to be _____________. We dislike them. (Friendly)
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
A week ago, Huy's family went for a picnic in the country. It was early spring, so they
thought it was too cold to go to the seaside. They set off early after breakfast and drove about
forty-five kilometers into the country until they came to this favorite place. Huy and his sister went
into the woods to pick wild flowers. Huy's parents sat quietly, fishing by the stream. At 4.30 pm
they put the plates, cups, saucers and other things back into the basket and went back to their car.
They got home at 5.00 p.m.
Statements T F
5. Huy's family went for a picnic seven days ago.
6. They went to the country by train.
7. They came back home at 5.00 p.m.
8. It's about 50 km from their house to the countryside.
III. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
9. They began collecting stamps in 2005.
=> They have .....................................................................................................................................................................................................
10. She doesn’t have enough money for her schooling.
=> She wishes ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11. Her face is so funny that she always makes me laugh.
 She has such ..............................................................................................................................................................................................

12. Tuan lives on Trang Tien Street. He studies in my class.


=> Tuan, who ....................................................................................................................................................................................................
Điểm …………….. /10
===================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 07
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. arrive B. prison C. sight D. fine
2. A. stopped B. lived C. played D. arrived
3. A. teach B. season C. meat D. weather
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 135
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. The Ao dai is the _______ dress of Vietnamese women.
A. traditionally B. tradition C. traditional D. traditionalist
5. He may miss the train _______ he doesn’t hurry.
A. if B. unless C. so D. and
6. Mai _______ in Ho Chi Minh City for five years now.
A. lives B. live C. is living D. has lived
7. I’d love to go to the party _______ I have to finish my homework.
A. and B. but C. or D. because
8. Let’s _______ the television. I want to read a book.
A. go on B. turn off C. turn on D. go off
9. Tom and Mary don’t like news, _______?
A. do they B. don’t they C. did they D. won’t they
10. If Ba _______ rich, he would travel around the world.
A. is B. are C. were D. had been
11. She _______ whether I liked pop music.
A. said B. told C. asked D. spoke
12. That is the man _______ helped me last week.
A. whom B. whose C. which D. who
13. Would you mind _______ the door, please?
A. open B. opening C. to open D. opened
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. Tet is a festival who occurs in late January or early February.
A B C D
15. She suggested to organize a show to raise money for the poor.
A B C D
16. The children laughed happy while they were playing with their toys.
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.
Although there are many (17) _______through out the year. Tet (18) _______the lunar
New Year holiday is the most (19) _______celebration for Vietnamese people. Tet is a festival (20)
______ occurs in late January or early February. It is a time for families (21) _______ and decorate
their homes and enjoy (22) ______ food such as sticky rice cakes. Family members (23) ______ live
apart try to be together (24) ______Tet.
17. A. celebrations B. activities C. information D. news
18. A. and B. but C. or D. because
19. A. beautiful B. important C. interesting D. interested

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 136
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20. A. what B. who C. which D. whom
21. A. clean B. to clean C. cleaning D. cleaned
22. A. special B. especially C. specially D. particularly
23. A. what B. which C. whom D. who
24. A. in B. on C. at D. for
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
1. We were really ………………………………. by the beauty of your city. (impress)
2. We usually watch the news on TV because it’s very ……………………………….. (inform)
3. We enjoy the ………………………………. atmosphere in Vietnam (peace)
4. The tour around your country is ………………………………. cheap. (surprise)
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
Hi. I am a student of a secondary school in Hanoi. I am in grade 9. I always wear school
uniform on school days: a white shirt and dark blue trousers. But on weekends, I usually wear
casual clothes, such as an open-neck shirt or a T-shirt, jeans and sport shoes because they are very
comfortable and convenient and I can play football, ride a bicycle or go somewhere easily. My
favorite colors are red and blue.

Statements True False


5. He is a student at a university in Hanoi.
6. He sometimes wears school uniform.
7. He likes wearing casual clothes because they are comfortable
8. He likes strong colors such as red and blue.

II. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
9. Although he had enough qualifications, he didn’t get the job.
 Despite ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................
10. “I am taking the 5.30 train tomorrow.” Minh said.
=> Minh said ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................
11. Health is more important than money.
=> Money isn’t .................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12. Let’s invite the Browns to the party on Sunday.
=> He suggested .............................................................................................................................................................................................................
Điểm …………….. /10
===================================================

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 137
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ĐỀ THI SỐ 08
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. campus B. publish C. supply D. difficult
2. A. about B. south C. young D. count
3. A. wanted B. shouted C. helped D. needed
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. It’s very kind _________you to help me.
A. of B. to C. with D. for
5. Let’s have a drink, _________?
A. shall we B. will we C. shall you D. do we
6. They didn’t go on a picnic _________the weather was awful.
A. so B. although C. because D. because of
7. Do you know the lady_________ son is standing over there?
A. who B. whom C. which D. whose
8. This newspaper is _________every day. It’s a daily newspaper.
A. publishing B. published C. publishes D. to publish
9. We are talking about the preservation of _________resources.
A. natural B. nature C. naturally D. naturalize
10. Everyone must take part in _________forests and increase forestation.
A. protect B. protecting C. protection D. protected
11. _________we know her address, we will call you.
A. Unless B. Since C. If D. Therefore
12. My house_________in 1986.
A. is built B. was building C. was built D. has been built
13. The doctor_________me not to stay up too late at night.
A. advised B. suggested C. insisted D. forced
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. He was punished because he did the test careless yesterday.
A B C D
15. The doctor told my father stop smoking because of his sickness.
A B C D
16. They didn’t go on a picnic because of the weather was awful.
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 138
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Public transport (17) _______ London is expensive. The fare depends on the length of the
(18) _______; you can not buy books or tickets in advance. Children under sixteen pay half, (19)
_______ children under five travel free. But (20) _______ some buses you pay the drivers. Most
London (21) _______ are double-deckers. On the underground railway (or tube) you (22) _______
your ticket from a machine or at the (23) _______ of the journey. Not all trains from one platform
go to the same place, so watch the signs. The (24) _______ train leaves at about 00.15.
17. A. at B. in C. from D. to
18. A. journey B. visit C. picnic D. street
19. A. such B. or C. so D. and
20. A. on B. in C. at D. for
21. A. buses B. trains C. planes D. cars
22. A. have B. buy C. see D. take
23. A. last B. finish C. end D. after
24. A. lateness B. lately C. later A. latest
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
1. The song is ………………………………. to me. (INTEREST)
2. The teacher gave his students ………………………………. to leave the classroom. (PERMIT)
3. The Saigon Giaiphong is a ………………………………. newspaper. (DAY)
4. Thousands of people have been made ………………………………. by the war. (HOME)
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
Air pollution is a cause of ill-health in human beings. In a lot of countries there are laws
limiting the amount of smoke which factories can produce. Although there isn’t enough
information on the effects of smoke in the atmosphere, doctors have proved that air pollution
causes lung diseases.
The gases from the exhausts of cars have also increased air pollution in most cities. The lead
in petrol produces a poisonous gas which often collects in busy streets surrounded by high
buildings. Children who live in areas where there is a lot of lead in the atmosphere cannot think as
quickly as other children and are clumsy when they use their hands. There are other long-term
effects of pollution. If the gases in the atmosphere continue to increase, the earth’s climate may
become warmer. A lot of the ice near the poles may melt and may cause serious floods.
FACTS True False
5. Air pollution causes lung diseases.
6. Lead is a harmful chemical element
7. If the gases in the atmosphere increase, the earth’s climate may become cooler.
8. Ice melt from the poles can kill anything it passes.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 139
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
III. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
9. No one in the group is younger than Mai.
=> Mai is..................................................................................................................................................
10. “Where are you going on your holidays?” I asked them.
=> I asked them.......................................................................................................................................
11. He is tired, so he couldn’t score any goals.
=> If he ....................................................................................................................................................
12. It takes Minh 2 hours to do his homework every day.
=> Minh spends.......................................................................................................................................
Điểm …………….. /10
===================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 09
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. fed B. left C. bet D. these
2. A. weather B. those C. there D. theory
3. A. worked B. stopped C. loved D. laughed
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. I finished _______the book and went to bed
A. reading B. to read C. read D. to be read
5. The meeting will ______ in London next week.
A. be held B. be hold C. is held D. are hold
6. I wish you ______ so fast. It makes me nervous.
A. drive B. won’t drive C. can’t drive D. weren’t driving
7. Bill asked where _______ from.
A. do I come B. I come C. did I come D. I came
8. The weather was bad, _______ we didn’t go on a picnic.
A. however B. but C. so D. because
9. If you study at The Brighton Language Center –UK , you can live in a _______on campus
A. dormitory B. mobile room C. hotel D.private room
10. Have you read this article________ the website?
A. in B. at C. on D. for
11. Air _______ is now a serious problem in the world.
A. pollutes B. polluted C. pollute D. pollution
12. Jean cloth is very strong and hardly ______.
A. wear out B. put on C. go up D. wear on

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 140
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13. Would you like to go to the concert with me tonight? - _________.
A. I’d love to B. No, thanks C. I go home now D. Never mind
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. The lesson that we are learning now is very interested but difficult.
A B C D
15. She made me to pay for the damage I had done.
A B C D
16. The child ran fastly to get to school.
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.
Long ago a lot of people (17)_______ the moon was a god . Other people thought it was
just a light in the sky. And other thought it was a big (18) _______ cheese.
The telescopes were made. And men saw that the moon was really another world. They
wondered (19) _______ it was like. They dreamed of going there. On July 20th, 1969, that dream
came (20) _______. Two American men landed on the moon (21) _______ names were Neil
Armstrong and Edwin Aldrin.
The first thing the men found was that the moon is covered (22) _______ dust. The dust is
so thick that the men left footprints where they walked. Those were the first marks a living thing
had ever made on the moon. And they could (23) _______ there for years and years. There is no
wind or rain to wipe them off. The two men picked up rocks to bring back to the earth to study.
They drug up dirt to bring back. They set up machines to find out things people want to know,
then they were off their long trip (24) _______ earth
17. A. thought B. guessed C. told D. said
18. A. form B. stone C. ball D. round
19. A. how B. which C. that D. what
20. A. real B. true C. unreal D. untrue
21. A. Their B. His C. Its D. Theirs
22. A. by B. for C. to D. with
23. A. stay B. remain C. be D. all are correct
24. A. back to B. from to C. into D. onto
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
1. Sports are very good for our ……………………………….. (healthy)
2. Rubber trees are very ………………………………. for making elastic things. (use)
3. Last night the singer sang very ……………………………….. (good)
4. All the pupils have done the exercises ……………………………….. (easy)

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 141
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
“Many people still believe that natural resources will never be end up. Actually, the world’s
energy resources are limited. Nobody knows exactly how much fuel is left. However, we also
should save them economically and try to find out alternative sources of power. According to
Proffessor Marvin Burnham of the New England Institute of Technology, we have to start
conserving coal, oil and gas before it is too late; and nuclear power is the only alternative.
However, many people do not approve of using nuclear power because it is very
dangerous. What would happen if there was a serious nuclear accident? Radioactivity causes
cancer and may badly affect the future generation.
The most effective thing is that we should use natural resources as economical as possible”
STATEMENTS TRUE FALSE
5. Natural resources will never be end up.
6. We don’t know exactly how much fuel is left.
7. All people agree to use nuclear power as an alternative energy.
8. Natural resources should be used as much as possible.
II. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
9. “Are you coming to the party tonight?”
=> Peter asked me .......................................................................................................................................................................................

10. They built the church in the 18th century.


=> The church ..................................................................................................................................................................................................

11. She does not buy the new house because she does not have enough money.
=> If she .................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12. We spend 2 hours watering the flowers every day.
=> It takes ............................................................................................................................................................................................................
Điểm …………….. /10
===================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 10
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. thank B. they C. thick D. thin
2. A. learn B. easy C. seat D. eat
3. A. remembered B. lived C. played D. stopped
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. The _______ language in Malaysia is Bahasa Malaysia.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 142
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. national B. nation C. international D. internationally
5. It is an _______journey.
A. interest B. interesting C. interestingly D. interested
6. Lan is _______ that you are working hard.
A. pleasant B. pleasant C. pleased D. pleasing
7. They haven’t seen this film, ________?
A. do they B. They have C. don’t they D. have they
8. Viet Nam has a tropical _______.
A. temperature B. weather C. degree D. climate
9. My parents ______ our grandfather last week.
A. visit B. visited C. have visited D. visits
10. I’ve _______my glasses everywhere but I can’t find them anywhere.
A. looked after B. looked at C. looked for D. looked into
11. If you study hard, you_________ pass the exam.
A. would B. will C. must D. should
12. My father said I ______ learn hard.
A. have to B. must C. had to D. can
13. _______ the weather is predicted not to be good today, they decide to go swimming
A. because of B. although C. In spite of D. since
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. Mrs. Lien which sings very well is my English teacher.
A B C D
15. She asked me where I buy that car.
A B C D
16. We were really impress by the beauty of Ha Long Bay.
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.
Before newspapers were (17) _______ town criers would go through city streets ringing a
bell. They shouted the (18) _______ news as they were walking. In Vietnam people love reading
newspaper and magazines. The Kien Thuc Ngay Nay is one of the most (19) _______ magazines
and is widely read by both teenagers and (20) _______. Thanks to TV (21) _______ can get the
latest information and enjoy interesting programs in an inexpensive and (22) _______ way.
Nowadays, viewers can watch a variety of local and international programs on different channels.
The next stage in the (23) _______ of TV is interactive TV. Viewers are able to ask questions about
the show by using their (24) _______ control
17. A. invented B. written C. published D. sold
18. A. hot B. latest C. important D. early

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 143
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
19. A. unpopular B. famous C. popular D. interesting
20. A. teachers B. children C. students D. adults
21. A. readers B. inventors C. people D. viewers
22. A. fast B. effective C. convenient D. doesn’t say
23. A. development B. develop C. developing D. developed
24. A. board B. remote C. appliance D. automatic
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
1. English is fun, so we are _____________ in learning it. (INTEREST)
2. The teacher advised us to do the test _____________ (CAREFUL)
3. He had a _____________time on his space trip. (WONDER)
4. Tet holiday is the most important _____________for Vietnamese people. (CELEBRATE)
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
For many centuries, poets, writers and musicians have mentioned the Aodai in poems,
novels and songs. The Aodai is the traditional dress of Vietnamese women. Traditionally, it was
frequently worn by both men and women. The design and material used for men were different
from those used for women. Nowadays, women usually wear it, especially on special occasions.
However, many Vietnamese women today often prefer to wear modern clothing at work, because
it is more convenient .Now fashion designers want to change the traditional Aodai. Some have
printed lines of poetry on it; so it looks modern and fashionable .Others have added traditional
designs and symbols such as suns, stars, crosses and stripes to the Aodai which is both traditional
and fashionable.
Statements True False
5. The design and material used for men and women are the same.
6. By tradition, both men and women used to wear the Aodai.
7. Nowadays, the Aodai is often worn by women on special occasions.
8. The traditional Aodai has been changed by musicians on these days.

III. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
9. Hanoi will be partially cloudy. It is the capital city of Viet Nam.
=> Hanoi, which ...........................................................................................................................
10. “What will you do to help your mother?” they asked him.
=> They asked him ......................................................................................................................
11. She doesn’t have time to revise the lesson.
=> She wishes ..............................................................................................................................

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 144
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12. They have just produced a new kind of plants.
=> A new kind of plants ...............................................................................................................
Điểm …………….. /10
===================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 11
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A method B. death C. think D. those
2. A. nature B. natural C. explain D. nation
3. A. climb B. suburb C. doubt D. comb
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. We have written to each other_______ last Christmas.
A. for B. since C. until D. before
5. They are ________ that people have spoiled this area.
A. disappoint B. disappointing C. disappointment D. disappointed
6. We should _______ all the lights before going out.
A. turn on B. turn over C. turn off D. turn up
7. They decided to go _______ it was raining heavily.
A. and B. but C. though D. since
8. Three thousand cars _______ next year.
A. produced B. were produced C. will produce D. will be produced
9. I ______ to a party tonight. Would you like to come, too?
A. was going B. am going C. will go D. go
10. She failed her driving test ______ she didn’t have enough lessons.
A. because B. however C. and D. but
11. Although we live in a fairly ______ society, there’s still a lot of poverty.
A. wealth B. mean C. poor D. rich
12. If I were you, I ______ do that.
A. don’t B. can’t C. won’t D. wouldn’t
13. The guide walked so ______ that most of the party couldn’t keep up with him.
A. quick B. rapid C. lively D. fast
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. He is enough strong to carry the heavy luggage.
A B C D
15. Phil, that went to bed early, couldn’t finish his homework.
A B C D

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 145
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
16. I learned English for over ten years now.
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.
Giang is a student from Thanh Hoa province. He’s participating (17) _______ a student
exchange program, and he is now in (18) ________ United States. It is the beginning of July now
and he is staying with the Parker family on a farm 100 kilometers from Columbus, Ohio. He’s going
to be there till the end of August.
Mr. Parker (19) ________ maize on his farm while Mrs. Parker works part-time at a grocery store
in a nearby town. They have two children: Peter the elder brother is (20) _______ age as Giang,
and Sam is the younger one (21) _______ is in primary school, a level lower than Peter’s.
Since his (22) _______, Giang has been learning a lot about life on a farm. He has also been able to
(23) _______ his spoken English. As soon as he completes his homework, he helps feed the
chickens and (24) ________ the eggs. He really enjoys himself spending his summer vacation this
way.
17. A. in B. from C. at D. with
18. A. an B. a C. the D. any
19. A. raise B. keep C. feed D. grows
20. A. similar B. like C. as D. the same
21. A. which B. who C. whom D. when
22. A. arriving B. arrived C. arrival D. arrive
23. A. improvement B. improve C. improving D. improved
24. A. collect B. collection C. collective D. collector
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
1. She was ………………………………. because her mother was sick. (HAPPY)
2. Wearing casual clothes helps students have freedom of ……………………………….. (CHOOSE)
3. Telephone is one of the greatest ………………………………. in 19th century. (INVENT)
4. Van Cao is one of the most famous ………………………………. in Viet Nam. (MUSIC)
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
There are about 3000 living languages in the world, but only six of them are the most
important ones. Two-thirds of the world’s population speaks those languages. More than 400
million people speak English as their mother tongue. Another 400 million speak it as a second
language. No one knows how many people speak it as a foreign language. Chinese is the language
with more speakers than English, but it is only the language for more than one billion Chinese
people. English is the official language on one-fifth of the land area in the world. It is spoken in

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 146
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
North America, Great Britain, Australia, and New Zealand. In South Africa and India it is one of the
official languages. In many countries, the textbooks in universities are written in English. More
than three-fourths of the world’s mail is composed in English. More than three-fifths of the radio
stations broadcast programs in English. More than half of the scientific and research journals are
in English. English is the language of international communication.
Statements True False
5. Chinese is one of the most important languages.
6. 75 per cent of the world’s mail is in English.
7. People in India speak English as their second language.
8. In many countries, the textbooks in universities are written in English.
III. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
9. We are sorry that we don’t speak English well.
=> I wish we .......................................................................................................................................................................................................
10. They have used paper money for thousands of years.
=> Paper money .............................................................................................................................................................................................
11. He asked her: “When will you leave here?”
=> He asked her when ..............................................................................................................................................................................

12. This student is both careful and clever.


=> This student is not ................................................................................................................................................................................

Điểm …………….. /10


===================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 12
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. thank B. thick C. they D. thin
2. A stopped B. lived C. played D. remembered
3. A. easy B. seat C. learn D. eat
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. My parents ______ our grandfather last week.
A. visit B. visited C. have visited D. visits
5. The _______ language in Malaysia is Bahasa Malaysia.
A. nation B. national C. international D. internationally
6. They haven’t seen this film, ________?
A. do they B. They have C. don’t they D. have they
7. If you study hard, you____ pass the exam.
A. would B. must C. will D. should

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 147
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8. My father said I ______ learn hard.
A. have to B. must C. had to D. can
9. Viet Nam has a tropical _______.
A. temperature B. weather C. degree D. climate
10. It is an _______journey.
A. interesting B. interest C. interestingly D .interested
11. I’ve _______my glasses everywhere but I can’t find them anywhere.
A. looked after B. looked at C. looked for D. looked into
12. _______ the weather is predicted not to be good today, they decide to go swimming
A. because of B. although C. In spite of D. since
13. Lan is _______ that you are working hard.
A. pleased B. pleasant C. pleasure D. pleasing
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. She asked me where I buy that car.
A B C D
15. We were really impress by the beauty of Ha Long Bay.
A B C D
16. Mrs. Lien which sings very well is my English teacher.
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.
Before newspapers were (17) _______ town criers would go through city streets ringing a
bell. They shouted the (18) _______ news as they were walking. In Vietnam people love reading
newspaper and magazines. The Kien Thuc Ngay Nay is one of the most (19) _______ magazines
and is widely read by both teenagers and (20) _______. Thanks to TV (21) _______ can get the
latest information and enjoy interesting programs in an inexpensive and (22) _______ way.
Nowadays, viewers can watch a variety of local and international programs on different channels.
The next stage in the (23) _______ of TV is interactive TV. Viewers are able to ask questions about
the show by using their (24) _______ control
17. A. sold B. written C. published D. invented
18. A. hot B. important C. latest D. early
19. A. unpopular B. popular C. famous D. interesting
20. A. adults B. children C. students D. teachers
21. A. readers B. inventors C. people D. viewers
22. A. fast B. effective C. convenient D. doesn’t say
23. A. develop B. development C. developing D. developed
24. A. remote B. board C. appliance D. automatic
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 148
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
25. He had a ………………………………. time on his space trip. (WONDER)
26. English is fun, so we are ………………………………. in learning it. (INTEREST)
27. Tet holiday is the most important ………………………………. for Vietnamese people. (CELEBRATE)
28. The teacher advised us to do the test ……………………………….. (CAREFUL)
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
For many centuries, poets, writers and musicians have mentioned the Aodai in poems,
novels and songs. The Aodai is the traditional dress of Vietnamese women. Traditionally, it was
frequently worn by both men and women. The design and material used for men were different
from those used for women. Nowadays, women usually wear it, especially on special occasions.
However, many Vietnamese women today often prefer to wear modern clothing at work, because
it is more convenient .Now fashion designers want to change the traditional Ao dai. Some have
printed lines of poetry on it; so it looks modern and fashionable .Others have added traditional
designs and symbols such as suns, stars, crosses and stripes to the Ao dai which is both traditional
and fashionable.

Statements True False


29. By tradition, both men and women used to wear the Ao dai.
30. The design and material used for men and women are the same.
31. Nowadays, the Ao dai is often worn by women on special occasions and at work.
32. The traditional Ao dai has been changed by musicians on these days.
III. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
33. She doesn’t have time to revise the lesson.
=> She wishes ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
34. Hanoi will be partially cloudy. It is the capital city of Viet Nam.
=> Hanoi, which ..............................................................................................................................................................................................
35. They have just produced a new kind of plants.
=> A new kind of plants ............................................................................................................................................................................
36. “What will you do to help your mother?” they asked him.
=> They asked him .......................................................................................................................................................................................

Điểm …………….. /10


===================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 13
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 149
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced
differently from that of the others.
1. A. clear B. dear C. wear D. hear
2. A. fan B. bad C. catch D. wash
3. A. happened B. crossed C. followed D. fluttered
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. Sydney, _______ has a population of more that three million is Australia's largest city.
A. whom B. who C. whose D. which
5. Tim: " I think you should go to school by bike" Mary: "_______".
A. thanks B. No problem C. Fine, thanks D. That's a good idea
6. The teacher suggests _____________ something for the poor in our area.
A. us to do B. we should do C. we are doing D. we will do
7. Ho Chi Minh City is the most interesting city in Vietnam; ________, it’s not the capital of the
nation.
A. so B. however C. moreover D. therefore
8. If I were you , I ________him as my nephew
A. will have treated B. am treating C. would treat D. will treat
9. He _______ very hard recently.
A. has worked B. is working C. works D. worked
10. Nga can’t go to the movies with us tonight because she has to _______ little sister.
A. look up B. look after C. look out D. look for
11. Lan doesn't play goft well, _______?
A. does she B. doesn't she C. did she D. is she
12. They were______ that he refused to help them.
A. surprising B. surprised C. surprisingly D. surprise
13. They enjoy _______ computer games.
A. play B. to play C. played D. playing
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. My uncle worked in that company for ten years now.
A B C D
15. The new house was quick sold to its new owner.
A B C D
16. I forget turning off the lights before going out for dinner.
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 150
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Our oceans are becoming extremely polluted. Most of this (17) ________ comes from the
land, which means it comes from people. Firstly, there is raw (18) ________, which is pumped
directly into the sea. Many countries, both developed and developing, are guilty of doing this.
Secondly, ships drop about 6 million tons of garbage into the sea each year. Thirdly, there are oil
spills from ships. A ship has an (19) ________and oil leaks from the vessel .This not only (20)
________ the water, but it also kills (21) ________ life. Next, there are (22) ________ materials
from factories without proper regulations, factory owners let the waste run (23) ________into the
rivers, which then leads to the sea. And finally, oil is washed from the land. This can be the result
of (24) ________ or a deliberate dumping of waste.
17. A. water B. pollution C. garbage D. ocean
18. A. sewage B. material C. resource D. sewing
19. A. interest B. environment C. engine D. accident
20. A. pollutes B. finishes C. improves D. purifies
21. A. normal B. human C. animal D. marine
22. A. useful B. waste C. raw D. product
23. A. directly B. slowly C. quickly D. carefully
24. A. population B. pollution C. development D. carelessness
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
1. Many ………………………………. have made lots of changes to The Ao dai. (DESIGN)
2. Thousands of people have been made ………………………………. by the flood. (HOME)
3. I think the Internet is a ………………………………. device to get information. (USE)
4. We have read that ………………………………. on Tuoi Tre Newspaper recently. (ADVERTISE)
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
Vietnamese parents are always complaining that their children spend too much time glued
to the television and not enough time doing other activities such as sports and reading. A survey
recently carried out on people viewing habits does not disprove this. It shows that young people in
Viet Nam spend on average 23 hours a week in front of the television, which works out over three
hours every day.
What is surprising, however, is the fact that the average adult watches even more: an incredible
28 hours a week. We appear to have become a nation of addicts. Just about every home in the
country has a television and over half have two or more. According to the survey, people
nowadays don’t just watch television sitting in their living-rooms; they watch it in the kitchen and
in bed as well.

5. Parents are always complaining that their children spend too much time reading. _______

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 151
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. Vietnamese children spend on average 23 hours a week in front of the television. _______
7. We are all addictive to watching television. _______
8. Half families have more than one television at their home. _______

III. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
9. Nga is my closest friend. She lives next to my house. (Combine the sentences, using a suitable
relative pronoun)
=> Nga, who ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................

10. "Where do you live?" Nga asked me. (Change the sentence into reported speech)
=> Nga asked me .............................................................................................................................................................................................................
11. I don’t have brothers and sisters. (Rewrite the sentence using I wish)
=> I wish ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12. They have sold their house recently. (Change the sentence into the passive voice)
=> Their house ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Điểm …………….. /10
===================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 14
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. elementary B. engineer C. enable D. energy
2. A. disappointed B. reason C. resort D. resolution
3. A. ethnic B. think C. gather D. earth
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. You should have a dictionary to _______ the words that you don’t know their meanings.
A. look for B. look up C. look into D. look after
5. Mrs. Mc Cathy lives in a small flat _______ having a lot of money in the bank.
A. although B. in spite C. despite D. even
6. His car_______ when he was only half way home.
A. broke down B. got down C. broke over D. got over
7. _____ to the Internet, we can get the latest information around the world.
A. Together B. Apart C. In addition D. Thanks
8. _______ , the chess players began the game.
A. Having taken the seats B. After we had taken our seats
C. Being taken the seats D. Taking the seats
9. My mother always keeps candles in the room _______ the lights go out.
A. unless B. if C. in case D. though

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 152
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10. He works for a car factory_______ main office is in Chicago.
A. which B. where C. that D. of which
11. The new shopping plaza is advertised as a place _______ you can find anything you want to
buy.
A. where B. which C. from where D. that
12. The plane was half an hour late. _______ I managed to come to the meeting in time.
A. In spite B. Despite C. In spite of this D. All are correct
13. The letter was delivered _______ it didn’t have enough postage.
A. as B. because C. since D. although
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. Why didn’t you came to my party last night?
A B C D
15. Furniture makers use glue to hold joints together and sometimes to reinforce it.
A B C D
16. When did you go last to the theater?
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.
When man first learned how to make a fire, he began to use fuel for the first time. The first
fuel he used was probably wood. As time (17) _______, man eventually discovered that
substances such as coal and oil (18) _______. Coffee (19) _______ very widely as a source of
energy until the last century. With the coming of the industrial revolution, it was soon realized
that production would double if coal was used instead of wood. Nowadays, many of the huge
factories and electricity generating stations (20) _______ unable to function if there was no coal.
In the last twenty or thirty years, however, the use of coal (21) _______ As a result, there have
been changes in the coal industry. It (22) ________that more people (23) _______ coal if oil and
gas were not so readily available. There is more than enough coal in the world for man’s needs for
the next two hundred years if our use of coal (24) _______ increase. Unfortunately, however,
about half of the world’s coal may never be used. Mining much of it would be very expensive even
if it was possible to use new equipment.
17. A. passes B. used to pass C. would pass D. passed
18. A. are burning B. would burn C. have burnt D. were burnt
19. A. not used B. didn’t use C. not using D. was not used
20. A. were B would be C. will be D. are
21. A. doubles B. had doubled C. will double D. has doubled
22. A. believed B. is believing C. believing D. is believed
23. A. would use B. used C. use D. will use
24. A. didn’t B. wouldn’t C. doesn’t D. shouldn’t

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 153
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
1. ________________ dark clouds appeared and it began to rain. (FORTUNATELY)
2. Every week, there are four________________ from Hanoi to Nhatrang. (FLY)
3. Some designers have________________ the ‘Aodai’. (MODERN)
4. The shoes are nice, but they are________________. (COMFORTABLE)
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
Once there were lots of pandas in the mountain of Western China. Today they are
becoming extinct. The reason is that they cannot find enough food. Pandas eat bamboo leaves.
They do not like another food. The bamboo grows very slowly. It can take IQ years for a bamboo
to grow from a seed to a big plant. Some types of bamboo have seeds every 60 years. Pandas must
wait many years for their food to grow. While the bamboo is growing, pandas do not have enough
leaves to eat.
Farmers are using more and more of the land on the mountain side to grow food for man. The
farmers put down the bamboo. Bamboo leaves become less plentiful. Pandas cannot find enough
food to eat. They starve and die.
China and World Wildlife Fund (WWF) are trying to save the panda. In 1979 they began to
set up special parks where pandas live. One such park is the Wolong Reserve in Sichuan. The
Wolong Reserve has the highest number of pandas in the world. Scientists come here to study the
panda’s eating and mating habits. By learning more about the panda’s habits, scientists can save it
from extinction.
5. There are many pandas in China nowadays. ____
6. Some kinds of bamboo grow quickly. ____
7. The favorite food for pandas is the bamboo leaves. ____
8. Setting panda reserves in the mountains of China is a good way to save pandas. ____
II. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
9. How long is it since you saw Tom?
=> When ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................

10. He didn’t hurry, so he missed the train.


=> If ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
11. I like listening to music more than playing football.
=> I prefer ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12. “Don’t put off your work until tomorrow,” he said to me.
=> He told ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Điểm …………….. /10

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 154
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
===================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 15
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. north B. south C. gather D. month
2. A. jeans B. styles C. students D. labels
3. A. dear B. hear C. bear D. near
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. He had my watch_______.
A. steal B. to steal C. be stolen D. stolen
5. I knew him _______I was a child.
A. until B. when C. after D. during
6. She arrived _______ Thailand _______ Saturday evening.
A. in- on B. in- in C. in- at D. at -on
7. John hasn’t finish _______ yet.
A. worked B. working C. works D. to work
8. The train couldn’t run _______ the snow.
A. because of B. because C. since D. for
9. He was offered the job _______ his qualifications were poor.
A. despite B. in spite C. whereas D. even though
10. The damage which _______ by the earthquake cannot be imagined.
A. was caused B. caused C. is caused D. causes
11. We’ve run _______ sugar. Could you buy some more?
A. after B. out of C. into D. way
12. The teacher suggests that we _______ harder on pronunciation.
A. worked B. working C. should work D. to work
13. This is Mr. Smith, _______ son I’m studying with.
A. who B. whom C. whose D. that
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. I couldn’t keep to touch with him before because I’d lost his phone number.
A B C D
15. If you cut down the trees in the forests, there are big floods every year.
A B C D
16. I’m interested in learning a new skill, but nobody wants training me
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 155
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.
Jeans are very (17) _______ with young people all (18) _______ the world. Some people
say that jeans are the “uniform” of youth. But they haven’t always been popular. The story of
jeans started almost two hundred years (19) _______. People in Genoa, Italy, made pants. The
cloth (20) _______ in Genoa was called “jeanos”. The pants were called “jeans”. In 1850, a
salesman in California began (21) _______ pants made of canvas. His name was Levi Strauss. (22) -
_______ they were so strong, “Levi’s pants” became (23) _______ with gold miners, farmers, and
cowboys. Six years later, factory workers in the United States and Europe began (24) _______
jeans. Young people usually didn’t wear them.
17. A. rare B. well-known C. famous D. popular
18. A. in B. on C. over D. above
19. A. before B. after C. ago D. next
20. A. make B. makes C. making D. made
21. A. selling B. sold C. to be sold D. being sold
22. A. Although B. But C. Because D. So
23. A. famous B. popular C. good D. wonderful
25. A. wear B. wearing C. wore D. worn
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
1. Mai was ………………………………. to look at the big statue of St. Claus. (Amaze)
2. The air ………………………………. in our city is worse and worse. (Pollute)
3. We have to increase our ……………………………….. (Friend)
4. This film gives me a good ……………………………….. (Impress)
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
I often hear or read about “natural disasters”- the eruption of Mount St. Helen, a volcano in
the state of Washington; Hurricane Andrew in Florida; the floods in the American Midwest;
terrible earthquakes all over the world; huge fires; and so on and so on. But I’ll never forget my
first personal experience with the strangeness of nature- “the London Killer Fog” of 1952. It began
on Thursday, December 4, when a high- pressure system (warm air) covered southern England.
With the freezing- cold air below, heavy fog formed. Pollution from factories, cars, and coal stoves
mixed with the fog. The humidity was terribly high, there was no breeze at all. Traffic (cars, trains,
and boats) stopped. People couldn’t see, and some walked onto the railroad tracks or into the
river. It was hard to breath, and many people got sick. Finally on Tuesday, December 9, the wind
came and the fog went away. But after that, even more people got sick. Many of them died.
True /
false

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 156
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. Tornado isn’t mentioned in the text _______
6. The heavy fog in London in 1952 is his unforgettable personal experience. _______
7. “London Killer Fog” lasted for seven days. _______
8. Some people could walk onto the railroad tracks or into the river. _______
II. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
9. They’ve built two department stores this year. (Rewrite into passive voice)
=> Two department stores .....................................................................................................................................................................
10. Computers are used to design new models. (Rewrite into active voice)
=> People .............................................................................................................................................................................................................

11. “Can you speak English?” my boss asked. (Change into reported speech)
=> My boss asked .........................................................................................................................................................................................

12. They don’t take a map, so they can lose their way. (Rewrite into conditional sentences)
=> If ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Điểm …………….. /10
===================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 16
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. sugar B. settle C. surprise D. sentence
2. A. helped B. liked C. watched D. hated
3. A. teach B. meet C. feather D. seat
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. Dad allowed Dora _______to the party last night.
A. going B. to go C. go D. gone
5. He used to ______ full time, but now he is a part time worker.
A. work B. working C. worked D. to work
6. I wish I ______ a lot of money.
A. have B. has C. had D. having
7. We ______ him since 1999.
A. has known B. know C. have knew D. have known
8. This report ______ by Tom yesterday.
A. were written B. was written C. is written D. are written
9. Hoa is sick today, ______ she won’t go to school
A. so B. but C. however D. therefore
10. If you want to attend the course, you ______ the written examination.
A. had to pass B. might pass C. would pass D. must pass

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 157
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11. She said that she ______ learning English with you
A. like B. to like C. likes D. liked
12.” You don’t know where Karen is, ______?” “Sorry, I’ve no idea.”
A. don’t you B. do you C. are you D. aren’t you
13. Peter is one of ______men I’ve ever known.
A. nice B. most nice C. the nice D. the nicest
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. If it can rain this afternoon, we will have to cancel our picnic.
A B C D
15. Friends advised her stop doing the housework because of her old age.
A B C D
16. Although she is 103, she still do a lot of work in the flat.
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.
RIVERS
Rivers are one of the world’s most important natural resources. Many cities are on large
rivers, and almost every country has at least one river that (17) ______ an important part in the
lives of its people. Besides transportation, rivers (18) ______food, water, for crops, water to drink,
and opportunities for recreation for people who live along their banks. And (19) ______get water
for crops, engineers sometimes (20) ______ a damp across a river and let the water (21) ______a
lake behind the damp. Then people can use their water not only to irrigate fields (22) ______to
make electricity for homes and industries.
However the water often becomes polluted when cities on the river bank (23) ______ in
size and the number of industries increases. We are learning about that (24) ______ necessary to
keep rivers clean if we want to enjoy the benefit of the natural resources.
17. A. comes B. makes C. plays D. does
18. A. provide B. give C. send D. get
19. A. so as B. in order to C. so that D. in order that
20. A. build B. set C. make D. erect
21. A. to become B. become C. becoming D. became
22. A. and B. but as well C. as well as D. but also
23. A. become B. get C. grow D. plant
24. A. it is B. it was C. there is D. there was
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
1. That litter girl can dance ……………………………….. (beauty)

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 158
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. I found this problem extremely……………………………….. (difficulty)
3. What is responsible for the………………………………. problems in your city? (environment)
4. Watching TV has become one of the most popular forms of ……………………………….. (entertain)
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
Sending cards is a widespread custom in Britain today. The British have been sending cards
since Victorian times when wealthy families started to send Christmas greetings. In the 1980s the
card industry rapidly expanded as celebrations became more and more commercialised. There are
cards for every occasion from buying a house to having a baby and, more recently, cares for
greeting a new job, getting a divorce or just saying “Sorry”. More than one hundred million
Christmas cards are sold in Britain every year. However, cards are no longer confined to special
celebrations such as birthdays, because there are many less important occasions when people
send cards to each other.
STATEMENTS T F
5. Americans began to send cards in Victorian times.
6. You can get cards for divorce as well as buying a house.
7. 100 million cards are sold in Britain every year.
8. Cards are confined to special celebrations.
II. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
9. The last time I eaten this food was in 2010.
=> I haven’t ........................................................................................................................................................................................................

10. Mai doesn’t know a lot of students in her class.


=> Mai wishes ..................................................................................................................................................................................................

11. People speak English all over the world.


=> English .............................................................................................................................................................................................................
12. “Can you play the guitar?” Mr. Brown asked.
=> Mr. Brown asked me ..........................................................................................................................................................................

Điểm …………….. /10


===================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 17
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. energy B. liter C. shower D. serve
2. A. studied B. interested C. turned D. installed
3. A. separate B. select C. electronic D. English
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 159
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. My glasses are in my book bag, but I don't remember _______ them there.
A. putting B. to put C. I put D. put
5. Mrs. Lan arrived ______ London ______ 5 pm yesterday.
A. in/ at B. at/ at C. in/ on D. at / on
6. Islam is the country’s official ______ in Malaysia.
A. education B. currency C. language D. religion
7. The ______ of Malaysia is Kuala Lumpur.
A. city B. capital C. town D. country
8. Vietnam is a _______country. The weather is usually hot there.
A. tropical B. cold C. warm D. heat
9. Viet got up_______, so he could not catch the first bus.
A. later B. lately C. recently D. late
10. Long wishes he _______ have to do all the homework given.
A. don’t B. wasn’t C. didn’t D. isn’t
11. Please let Tom _______ with you.
A. learn B. learning C. to learn D. learned
12. Many tourists visit the _______ of a historical hero on the mountain.
A. church B. shrine C. mosque D. temple
13. Your village is about 8 kilometers to the East of Dongxoai town, ________?
A. is it B. isn’t it C. are they D. aren’t they
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. The first May Day which was celebrated in England was on 1890.
A B C D
15. Bill and Fred was students at a university and they were friends.
A B C D
16. The boy ran quick to the bus-stop but it had left.
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.
BIRTH OF THE COMPUTER
Most people think of computer as, very modern inventions, products of our new
technological age. But actually the idea for a computer (17) _ ______ worked out over two
centuries ago by a man (18) _______ Charles Babbage . Babbage was born (19) _______ 1791 and
grew up to be a brilliant mathematician. He drew up plans for several calculating machines which
he called “engines”. But despite the fact that he (20) _______ building some of these, he never
finished any of them. Over the years people have argued whether his machines would ever work.
Recently, however, the Science Museum in London has finished building (21) _______ engine

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 160
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
based on one of Babbage’s designs. (22) _______ has taken six years to complete and more (23)
_______ four thousand parts have been specially made. Whether it works or not, the machine will
be on show at a special exhibition in the Science Museum (24) _______ remind people of
Babbage’s work.
17. A. has B. was C. had D. is
18. A. known B. recognized C. written D. called
19. A. on B. in C. by D. for
20. A. wanted B. made C. started D. missed
21. A. some B. the C. an D. that
22. A. One B. He C. They D. It
23. A. than B. therefore C. when D. then
24. A. to B. as C. for D. so
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
1. ………………………………., Aodai is worn by women and men. (Tradition)
2. We’re worried about the ………………………………. here. (Pollute)
3. The Internet has ………………………………. developed in every field. (Increase)
4. The Internet is a very useful means of ……………………………….. (Communicate)
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
“Learning a foreign language is, in some ways, like learning how to fly. There are some
differences, but there is a very important similarity. It is this: learning how to do these things
needs a lot of practice. It is never enough to read a book on how to fly a plane. A book can give
you a lot of information about how to fly, but if only read that book, then try to fly without any
practice, you will kill yourself. The same is true of learning a foreign language. For example, can
you speak English well without having lots of practice? “Practice makes perfect” is what every
learner of a foreign language should know”.
STATEMENTS T F
5. Learning a foreign language and learning to fly are the same in an important way.
6. Information about flying from books is enough for someone to fly.
7. It is dangerous to try to fly without any real practice.
8. Practice more and more is the good way to learn English.
II. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
9. This is the first time I have seen that film.
=> I haven’t .................................................................................................................................................................................................................

10. Unless you water those flowers regularly, they will die.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 161
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
=> If you .........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
11. Tom drove carelessly so he had accidents.
=> Because ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................

12. They are going to build a new bridge in the town.


=> A new bridge ......................................................................................................................................................................................................

Điểm …………….. /10


===================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 18
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. bag B. pant C. face D. fashion
2. A. school B. children C. church D. cheese
3. A. hit B. house C. hour D. holiday
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. Hanh can't go to the movies with us tonight. She will have to _______ her little sister.
A. look for B. look up C. look down on D. look after
5. I'd love to play volleyball _______ I have to complete an assignment.
A. but B. so C. because D. though
6. I am the boy _______ is wearing a white T-shirt.
A. whom B. which C. whose D. who
7. Maryam and Lan ______ pen pals for over two years.
A. are B. were C. have been D. is
8. I wish I ______ more time to get to know your beautiful country better.
A. has B. have C. have had D. had
9. “It all depends ______ my parents. Anyway, we'll keep in touch."
A. on B. of C. at D. in
10. The Aodai is the ______ dress of Vietnamese women.
A. tradition B. traditional C. traditionally D. traditionalist
11. Other designers have taken _______ from Vietnam's ethnic minorities.
A. inspiration B. inspire C. inspirational D. inspired
12. The bus collected us _______ 5 o'clock early_______ the morning.
A. in / in B. at / at C. at / in D. on / in
13. She asked me how I ______ English in my country
A. learn B. learned C. learning D. to learn
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. If you want to get good grades, you had to study hard.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 162
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A B C D
15. You have read this article on the website, don't you?
A B C D
16. I would suggest that your drivers should clearing up all the trash on the ground before leaving.
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.
Malaysia is one of the countries of the Association of South East Asian Nations (ASEAN). It is
divided (17) ______ two regions, known as West Malaysia and East Malaysia. They are (18) ______
by about 640 km of the sea and together comprise an area of 329,758 sq km. Malaysia (19)
_______ tropical climate. The Malaysian unit of (20) _______ is the ringgit, consisting (21) ______
100 sen.
The capital of Malaysia is Kuala Lumpur and it is also the largest city of the country. The
(22) _______ in 2001 was over 22 million. Islam is the country's official religion. In addition, there
are other (23) _______ such as Buddhism and Hinduism. The national language is Bahasa Malaysia
(also known simply as Malay). English, Chinese, and Tamil are also widely spoken. The language of
instruction for primary school children is Bahasa Malaysia, Chinese, or Tamil. Bahasa Malaysia is
the primary language of instruction in all secondary schools, although some students may
continue learning in Chinese and Tamil. And English is a (24) _______ second language.
17. A. of B. on C. into D. at
18. A. separated B. separation C. separate D. separating
19. A. spends B. enjoys C. repairs D. has
20. A. money B. monetary C. currency D. current
21. A. in B. for C. on D. of
22. A. calculation B. addition C. population D. separation
23. A. religions B. regions C. visions D. climate
24. A. free B. compulsory C. option D. related
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
1. Vietnamese people are very ………………………………. and Hanoi is a very interesting city. (FRIEND)
2. In the 18th century jean cloth was made ………………………………. from cotton. (COMPLETE)
3. Designers ………………………………. styles of jeans to match the 1960s' fashions. (DIFFER)
4. This exercise must be done ………………………………. . (CARE)
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 163
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
On Sunday, Ba invited Liz to join his family on a day trip to his home village about 60
kilometers to the north of Hanoi. The village lies near the foot of a mountain and by a river. Many
people go there on weekends to have some rest after a hard working week.
The journey to the village is very interesting. People have the chance to travel between the
green paddy fields and cross a small bamboo forest before they reach a big old banyan tree at the
entrance to the village. Liz met Ba's family at his house early in the morning; and after two hours
traveling by bus, they reached the big old tree. Everyone felt tired and hungry, so they sat down
under the tree and had a snack.
After the meal, they started to walk into the village for about thirty minutes to visit Ba's
uncle. Then, they walked up the mountain to visit the shrine of a Vietnamese hero and enjoyed
the fresh air there. In the afternoon, they went boating in the river and had a picnic on the river
bank before going home late in the evening. It was an enjoyable day. Liz took a lot of photos to
show the trip to her parents.
Statements True False
5. Ba and his family had a two-day trip to their home village.
6. Many people like going there for their weekends.
7. Liz had a snack at the house of Ba's uncle's.
8. There is a shrine on the mountain near Ba's village.
II. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
9. The last time she visited me was five months ago.
=> She hasn’t .....................................................................................................................................................................................................
10. I don’t have much time to stay with you longer.
=> I wish ................................................................................................................................................................................................................
11. “I’ll see you this afternoon.” Lan said to Ba
=> Lan said to Ba ............................................................................................................................................................................................
12. If you don’t study hard, you may fail the exam.
=> Unless ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................
Điểm …………….. /10
===================================================
ĐỀ THI SỐ 19
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. seat B. head C. meat D. feed
2. A. watches B. washes C. clauses D. likes
3. A. pleased B. smoked C. stopped D. missed
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 164
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. The final examination will be held _________June 12th, 2006.
A. in B. on C. at D. to
5. How many languages are there __________the world?
A. in B. on C. over D. through
6. Egypt is famous _________ancient pyramid.
A. on B. to C. from D. for
7. The boy looks very proud ___________his success at school.
A. on B. of C. at D. in
8. When the trucks leave the police, the ground is covered ___________trash.
A. in B. by C. with D. of
9. You have read this article on the website,____________?
A. don't you B. aren't you C. didn't you D. haven't you
10. All the students are looking forward __________their summer vacation in the countryside.
A. to spend B. spend C. to spending D. spending
11. Did your children enjoy ____________in the sea?
A. swimming B. swim C. to swim D. swam
12. "When is Mr. Ba planning to retire? He __________for the company for thirty years now".
A. works B. is working C. will work D. has been working
13. Flowers should ____________in warm places.
A. be keep B. kept C. be kept D. be keeping
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. You're tired although you stayed up too late to watch TV last night.
A B C D
15. Tuan sighed sad when he heard that he failed the test.
A B C D
16. Don't speak English with him; he hardly not know any English.
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.
New Year is one of the most important (17) ____________ in the United States. On New
Year's Eve, most people go to the parties. At twelve o'clock (18) ____________ night, everyone
says "Happy New Year" and they (19) _____________ their friends and relatives good luck. New
Year's Eve is usally a long night to this holiday children (20) ___________ as witches, ghosts or
orthers. Most children go from house to house asking for candy or fruit. (21) ___________ the
people at the house do not give (22) _____________ candy, the children will (23) ___________ a
trick on them. But this (24) __________ ever happens. Many people give them candy or fruit.
17. A. festivals B. meetings C. contests D. courses
18. A. on B. at C. in D. for

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 165
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
19. A. dream B. greet C. wish D. congratulate
20. A. wear B. dress C. put on D. take off
21. A. Whether B. So C. Although D. If
22. A. they B. them C. their D. theirs
23. A. say B. tell C. play D. speak
24. A. hardly B. hard C. soon D. always
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
1. Fuel _______________ can be cut down by having fewer cars on the roads. (consume)
2. Many chemicals have a _______________ effect on the environment. (disaster)
3. _______________, the typhoon didn't cause any damage on the village. (lucky)
4. The next stage in the _______________ of television is interactive TV. (develop)
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
Daddy,
I am writing this to tell you how much you are missed and loved. I will always remember
that day - my wedding day. You were standing there with tears in your eyes while I was walking
towards my groom. You gave me a hug, and the feeling that you never wanted to let me go. But at
last I had to leave you and start my new life... a moment in time that lasted forever. I now have
children, Dad, but I will always be your little girl! Happy Father's Day.
Statements True False
5. This is a letter written by a daughter to her father. ……………. …………….

6. The father in the letter is not loved much. ……………. …………….

7. The man did not let his daughter go at last. ……………. …………….

8. The writer of this letter hasn't got any children. ……………. …………….

III. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
9. Ba said, "I am going to meet your sister in front of the station, Liz".
=> Ba told Liz that ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................
10. The last time she went out with him was two years ago.
=> She hasn’t ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................

11. She is not on board now, so she can't experience these marvelous things.
=> If she ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

12. The show was interesting to the boys.


=> The boys ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Điểm …………….. /10
===================================================

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 166
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ĐỀ THI SỐ 20
A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM:
I. PRONUNCIATION (0.75 point / 0.25 each): Choose the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. plays B. says C. stays D. mays
2. A. leaf B. meat C. seat D. sweat
3. A. think B. that C. three D. thanks
II. GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE (2.5 points / 0.25 each)
Choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) to complete each of the following sentences.
4. A foreign _______ is going to stay with us for a week.
A. pen name B. pencil C. pen pal D. reader
5. If you heat ice, It _______ into water.
A. will turn B. would turn C. is turning D. turned
6. They wish the Second World War _______.
A. hadn’t happened B. hasn’t happened C. wouldn’t happed D. didn’t happen
7. He continued _______ to the city center.
A. driving B. drive C. driven D. to be driving
8. He said to her she _______ her best clothes.
A. were wearing B. was wearing C. is wearing D. are wearing
9. Of the three girls, Helen, Susan and Alice, Susan is the _______.
A. funny B. so funny C. funnier D. funniest
10. The book _______ is on the table is mine.
A. who B. where C. which D. whom
11. I live in the countryside, _______, I cannot easily get access to the internet.
A. when B. though C. because D. therefore
12. Family members often gather _______ the living room to enjoy special foods and exchange
wishes one another on the first day of the Lunar New Year.
A. on B. at C. in D. next to
13. Nga and Maryam are pen pals, _______?
A. don’t they B. are they C. aren’t they D. can’t they
III. ERROR RECOGNITION (0.75 point / 0.25 each)
Choose the underlined word/ phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
14. Tom used to going to school by bus. Now he goes by bike.
A B C D
15. The Chinese build the Great Wall over two thousand years ago.
A B C D
16. Liverpool is an industry city in the North of England.
A B C D
IV. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (2 points / 0.25 each)

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 167
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space in the following passage.
HOMEWORK
Many people now (17) ______ that teachers give pupils too much homework. They said that
it is unnecessary for children to work (18) ______home in their free time. Moreover, they argue
that most teachers do not properly plan the homework tasks they give to pupils. The result is that
pupils have to repeat which they have (19) ______done at school.
Recently in Greece many parents complained (20) ______the difficult homework which
teachers gave to their children. The parents say that most of the homework was (21) ______of
time and they want to stop it. Spain and Turkey are two countries which stopped homework
recently. In Denmark, West Germany and several other (22) ______in Europe, teachers can’t set
homework at weekends.
Most people agree that homework is unfair. A pupil who can do his homework in a (23)
______and comfortable room is in a much better position than a pupil who does his homework in
a small, noisy room with the television (24) ______. Some parents help their children with their
homework. It is important, however, that teachers talk to parents about homework. Parents are
often better at teaching their own children.
17. A. think B. talk C. speak D. tell
18. A. in B. for C. on D. at
19. A. ever B. never C. already D. lately
20. A. of B. about C. with D. over
21. A. a need B. a must C. a waste D. a form
22. A. houses B. towns C. cities D. countries
23. A. quiet B. noisily C. quite D. quietly
24. A. at B. on C. in D. to
B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN: (Thí sinh làm trực tiếp vào đề thi)
I. WORD FORM (1 point / 0.25 each):
Give the correct form of the word in each bracket.
1. He has worked well and produced some _______________ essay. (interest)
2. They got _______________ yesterday morning. (marry)
3. Some designers have _______________ the Ao Dai by printing lines of poetry on it. (modern)
4. She likes to wear ________________ clothing at work. (fashion)
II. READING COMPREHENSION (1 point / 0.25 each): Read the passage carefully and decide
whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE
(Lưu ý:Học sinh phải viết rõ câu trả lời là TRUE hoặc FALSE,không viết tắt là T hoặc F).
All the world knows William Shakespeare as one of the poets and dramatists. He was born
in a small English town of Stratford- upon- Avon in 1564. He grew up in a large family of eight
brothers and four sisters, but many of them died very young. His father, John Shakespeare, made
and sold gloves. William learned at a school in Stratford. He married very young when he was
about nineteen, and soon moved to London where he worked at a theater. There he began to

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 168
Nguyễn Đình Luyện – GV Trường THCS Bù Nho – Phú Riềng – Bình Phước
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
write plays for the theater. His plays were good and people like them. He wrote thirty- seven plays
and some books of poems. At the end of his life he came back to Stratford and died there in 1616.
STATEMENTS TRUE FALSE
5. William Shakespeare was born in England.
6. He worked at a theater in London.
7. He didn’t write any poems.
8. He died when he was 52 years old.
II. WRITING (2 points / 0.5 each): Finish the second sentence (according to the instruction in the
bracket) so that it has the same meaning as the first.
9. Come soon or you may not meet us.
=> If .........................................................................................................................................................................................................................

10. Ba stayed up late watching TV, so he is tired now.


=> Because ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
11. My friend cannot stay with me longer.
=> I wish ................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12. He is fond of walking in the rain.
=> He enjoys ......................................................................................................................................................................................................
Điểm …………….. /10

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page - 169

Potrebbero piacerti anche